tab 34 - iec contactors & starters (tb03400001e)

June 2005

CA08102001E For more information visit:

www.EatonElectrical.com

Contents

IEC Contactors & Starters 34-1

34

Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0265]

IEC

Co

nta

cto

rs &

Sta

rte

rs

Description Page

IT.

Electro-Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-2

Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-4

Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-7

IT.

Electro-Mechanical

— Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-30

Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-32

Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-34

Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-36

Starters — Combination, HMCP/HMCPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-44

Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-49

Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-59

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-61

Freedom

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-73

Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-75

Starters — Fixed Heater

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-79

Relays — Fixed Heater Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-83

Starters — Interchangeable Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-86

Relays — Interchangeable Heater Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-89

Freedom, Full Voltage— Enclosed

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-122

Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-126

Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-130

Starters — Fusible Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-138

Starters — Combination, GMCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34-146

IEC Contactors and Starters

��

June 2005

34-2

For more information visit:


CA08102001E

IEC Contactors & Starters

34

IT.

Electro-Mechanical

Product Family Overview

Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0266]

Product Description

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer

®

Intelligent Technologies (

IT

.

) Electro-Mechanical line of Contactors and Starters is the result of a substantial engineering, manufacturing and marketing effort involving extensive customer input, combined with new advances in solid-state technology.

IT

.

Electro-Mechanical products have greatly increased functionality, significantly reduced size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC control. The exclusive Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) control and digital microprocessor generate a minimized DC value which reduces energy to the contact block and provides the most compact system available.

Standards and Certifications

■

Designed to meet or exceed UL, IEC and CSA

■

UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX — Open, UL 508

■

CSA Certified: CSA File #156828, Class #3211 04 Open, C22.2 No. 14-95

■

IEC: A – F Frames, IEC 60947-4-1,EN 60947-4-1

■

45 mm – 76 mm CSA Certified for Elevator Duty

■

CE

■

EMC IEC 61000-4

■

KEMA

IEC, A Frame, Full Voltage Non-reversing and Reversing Starters

ISO 9002 Certification

When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The Inter-national Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO Certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.

Publications

Pub. 49601

IT

.

IEC Overload Relay 27 mm (A-Frame) Quick Setup GuidePub. 49602

IT

.

IEC Overload Relay (B – F Frames) Quick Setup GuidePub. 49320

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor 27 mm (A-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49640

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor 45 mm (B-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49650

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor 54 mm (C-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49660

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor 76 mm (D-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49670

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor 105 mm (E-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49680

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor 140 mm (F-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49321

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor 27 mm (A-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49641

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor 45 mm (B-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49651

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor 54 mm (C-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49661

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor 76 mm (D-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49671

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor 105 mm (E-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49681

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor 140 mm (F-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49322

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 27 mm (A-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49642

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 45 mm (B-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49652

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 54 mm (C-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49662

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 76 mm (D-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49672

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 105 mm (E-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49682

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 140 mm (F-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49323

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 27 mm (A-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49643

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 45 mm (B-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49653

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 54 mm (C-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49663

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 76 mm (D-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49673

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 105 mm (E-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49683

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 140 mm (F-Frame) Installation GuidePub. 49645

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor Assembly Instructions (45 mm & 54 mm)Pub. 49665

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Contactor & Starter Assembly Instructions (76 mm Contactor/Starter) (45 mm & 54 mm Starter)

Pub. 49325

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 27 mm (A-Frame) Assembly InstructionsPub. 49685

IT

.

IEC Non-reversing Starter 140 mm (F-Frame) Assembly InstructionsPub. 49326

IT

.

IEC Reversing Starter 27 mm (A-Frame) Assembly InstructionsPub. 49686

IT

.

IEC Reversing Contactor & Starter 140 mm (F-Frame) Assembly Instructions

Pub. 49410

IT

.

Front Mountable Auxiliary Contact Assembly InstructionsPub. 49415

IT

.

IEC Contact Blocks (B – E Frames)Pub. 282782

IT

.

Sinking Control Input ConnectionsPub. 282719

IT

.

Overload Trip/Alarm Output (Sourcing/Sinking)

For copies of these and other publications, contact the Literature Fulfillment Center at 800-957-7050, Fax: 877-840-2371 or find on-line at:www.eatonelectrical.com.

For International, call: (630) 377-9738 (English only), Fax: (630) 377-1753.

June 2005

CA08102001E For more information visit:


34-3IEC Contactors & Starters

34

IT.

Electro-Mechanical

Catalog Number Selection

Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0267]

Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)

Table 34-1.

IT.

Electro-Mechanical Catalog Numbering System

Note:

When using the Catalog Numbering System for Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer

IT

.

Electro-Mechanical products, care should be exercised to assure that the Catalog Number for the Overload Relay aligns with the

IT

.

Contact Block selected for type, frame size and ampacity, if purchased as separate components.

Example

: Select an

E05N_XR_3A

IT

.

Overload Relay for an IEC non-reversing application or an

E06N_XR_3A

for an IEC reversing application.

Examples:E02NCXCXNN — FVNR Coil Controller, 54 mmE04NB18X3N — Contact Block, 45 mm, 18 AmpsE05NCXRL3A — Solid-State Non-reversing Overload Relay, 16 – 50 AmpsE101B32J3A — FVNR B-Frame Starter, 32 Amps, with Solid-State Overload, 10 – 32 AmpsE111F25X3N — FVNR F-Frame Contactor, 250 AmpsE501D10K3A — FVR D-Frame Starter, 100 Amps, with Solid-State Overload, 14 – 45 AmpsE511B18X3N — FVR B-Frame Contactor, 18 Amps

Designator (IEC)

(A)06 = 6 Amps.09 = 9 Amps.12 = 12 Amps.

(E)12 = 125 Amps.16 = 160 Amps.20 = 200 Amps.

(B)18 = 18 Amps.25 = 25 Amps.32 = 32 Amps.

(F)25 = 250 Amps.31 = 315 Amps.42 = 420 Amps.

(C)40 = 40 Amps.50 = 50 Amps.

XC = Coil ControllerXR = Overload

(D)65 = 65 Amps.85 = 85 Amps.10 = 100 Amps.

Overload Type

A = Standard(3-phase, 45 mm – 105 mm; 1- or 3-phase, 27 mm)

N = Contactor or Not Applicable

Standard

E = IEC

Configuration (Open Type)

02N = FVNR Coil Controller03N = FVR Coil Controller04N = Contact Block05N = Solid-State Non-reversing Overload Relay06N = Solid-State Reversing Overload Relay101 = FVNR Starter111 = FVNR Contactor501 = FVR Starter511 = FVR Contactor

Frame Size

A = 27 mm B = 45 mm C = 54 mm D = 76 mm E = 105 mmF = 140 mm

Overload Amperes Adjustment

(27 mm)A = .25 – .8B = .59 – 1.9C = 1.4 – 4.4D = 2.8 – 9.0E = 3.8 – 12

(76 mm)F = 5.0 – 16H = 8.4 – 27K = 14 – 45N = 31 – 100

(45 mm)A = .25 – .8B = .59 – 1.9C = 1.4 – 4.4D = 2.8 – 9.0G = 6.3 – 20J = 10 – 32

(105 mm)K = 14 – 45M = 28 – 90P = 42 – 135R = 63 – 200

(54 mm)A = .25 – .8B = .59 – 1.9C = 1.4 – 4.4D = 2.8 – 9.0F = 5.0 – 16H = 8.4 – 27L = 16 – 50

(140 mm)P = 42 – 135S = 84 – 270T = 131 – 420

X = Contact Block, Coil Controller, Contactor or Not Applicable

Pole Selection

3 = 3-Pole

E 101 A 12 A 3 A

June 2005

34-4

For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com CA08102001E


34

IT. Electro-MechanicalContactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0268]

ContentsDescription Page


Product Description. . . . . . . 34-2

Standards andCertifications . . . . . . . . . . . 34-2

Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-2

Catalog NumberSelection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-3

Contactors — Non-reversingand Reversing


Application Description. . . . 34-4

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-4

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 34-5

Technical Data andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-14

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-18

Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 34-20

Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-22

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . 34-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-24

IEC Full Voltage Reversing Contactor, D-FrameCat. No. E511D10X3N

IEC Full Voltage Non-reversing Contactor, C-FrameCat. No. E111C50X3N

Product DescriptionThe Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactor from Eaton’s electrical business consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact Block and IT. Electro-Mechanical Coil Controller as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. B-Frame (45 mm) to E-Frame (105 mm) Contact Blocks combined with Coil Controllers (factory or field assembled) are stand-alone Contactors. Only the A-Frame (27 mm) and F-Frame (140 mm) Contactors have internal factory assembled coil controllers.

Also available are the IT. Manual and Combination Motor Controllers which combine a Manual Motor Protector, Wiring Connector Link and IT. Contac-tor. See Tab 38 for more information.

Application DescriptionWhen selecting an IEC Contactor, the user must consider the specific load, utilization category and required elec-trical life. Actual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and duty cycle.

Features■ 115V AC – 600V AC, 1/4 – 350 hp/

3/4 – 250 kW, 50/60 Hz■ 24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable

global standard■ Most compact DC operated contac-

tors available — e.g., A-Frame 27 mm wide, 7-1/2 hp @ 12A, 460V

■ Frame sizes (mm): 27, 45, 54, 76, 105, 140

■ No laminations, shading coils or magnet noise

■ -40 to 149°F (-40 to 65°C) operating temperature

■ No seal in auxiliary contacts required — control wiring is not needed between the contactor and overload relay

■ Unique Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) coil controller minimizes energy and coil power consumption

■ Conformal coated PWM board (coil controller) for environmental toughness

■ Microprocessor-based control■ 95% humidity non-condensing

(99% consult factory)■ Easily accessible mounting feet for

panel mounting■ High immunity to ESD, harmonics —

minimal Total Harmonic Distortion■ Front and side mounted Auxiliary

Contacts: 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC and logic level

■ Built-in logic to provide either 2- or 3-wire control, eliminating the need to provide and wire auxiliary con-tacts to seal in and interlock the contactor coils

■ Easy field assembly of control wiring — plug and unplug lockable control connector

■ DIN rail mounting, 6 – 100A (A – D Frames)

■ Common accessories■ Long-life silver nickel (A – B Frames)

and silver tin oxide (C – F Frames) contacts provide excellent conduc-tivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion

■ Environmentally friendly materials■ IP20 Finger Protection■ Low wattage coils and minimal heat

dissipation

Reversing Contactors■ Includes Reversing Power Wiring

and bus bars■ Mounting plates for B-Frame

(45 mm) to E-Frame (105 mm)■ Exclusive internal electronic inter-

lock for reversing■ Unique coil controller energizes

both forward and reverse contactors — one control point for wiring

June 2005

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.EatonElectrical.com


34

IT. Electro-MechanicalContactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and ReversingVol. 2, Ref. No. [0269]

Product SelectionWhen Ordering Select required contactor by amp rating, frame size, kW/hp, voltage and non-reversing or reversing.

Non-reversing ContactorsNote:

■ An E111 (45 – 105 mm) consists of an E04N (Contact Block) and an E02N (FVNR Coil Controller), factory assembled.

■ An E111 (27 and 140 mm) has an internal coil controller, factory assembled.

Table 34-2. 3-Pole DC-Operated Full Voltage Non-reversing Contactors � (A – F Frames)

� 24V DC coil voltage. �

Note:

■ If required, accessories are available starting on Page 34-18.■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.■ 3 main contacts.■ See Table 34-11 for 24V DC power supply requirements.■ Control inputs (P, F) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

IEC A-Frame FVNR ContactorCat. No. E111A12X3N

IEC B-Frame FVNR Contactor Cat. No. E111B32X3N

Max. AC-3Amp.Rating480V AC (le)

IEC 60947-4-1AC-1 ThermalCurrent 480V ACand (Ith)

FrameSize�

Maximum kW Rating @ Ue (V) 50/60 Hz Maximum UL Horsepower (hp) 50/60 Hz 3-Pole Open Type

3-Phase 1-Phase 3-Phase

220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

440V/460V

500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

CatalogNumber

Price U.S. $

69

12

121620

AAA

1.12.23

2.245.5

2.245.5

346.5

346.5

346.5

1/41/31/2

1/212

123

1-1/223

335

357-1/2

357-1/2

E111A06X3NE111A09X3NE111A12X3N

113.115.147.

182532

254050

BBB

45.59

7.512.515

912.515

91318.5

101518.5

111518.5

122

335

557-1/2

57-1/2

10

101015

101520

101520

E111B18X3NE111B25X3NE111B32X3N

167.185.212.

4050

6385

CC

1112.5

18.522

2225

2230

2230

2533

33

7-1/210

1015

1015

2025

2530

2530

E111C40X3NE111C50X3N

246.268.

6585

100

100115130

DDD

18.52525

304551

334555

405159

405159

455563

57-1/2

10

101520

202530

203030

405050

506075

506075

E111D65X3NE111D85X3NE111D10X3N

393.443.650.

125160200

200225250

EEE

334559

6380

100

6380

110

80100110

80100110

80100132

1015—

253040

405060

406075

6075

100

100125150

100125150

E111E12X3NE111E16X3NE111E20X3N

1,010.1,425.1,600.

250315420

300375450

F F F

7590

110

132160220

140160220

160200257

160200257

160200257

———

50——

75100150

100125150

150150200

200250350

200250350

E111F25X3NE111F31X3NE111F42X3N

2,080.2,550.3,555.

Frame Size


Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-18 – 34-21Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-14 – 34-17Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-24 – 34-26Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

June 2005

34-6



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalContactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0270]

Reversing ContactorsNote:

■ An E511 (45 – 105 mm) consists of two E04N (Contact Blocks), an E03N (FVR Coil Controller), Mechanical Interlock, Fanning Strips and Mounting Plate, factory assembled.

■ An E511F (140 mm) consists of two E111F (Contactors), Mechanical Interlock, Crossover Bus Bars and Wiring Harness, factory assembled.

■ An E511A (27 mm) Contactor is factory assembled only.

Table 34-3. 3-Pole DC-Operated Full Voltage Reversing Contactors � (A – F Frames)

� 24V DC coil voltage. �

Note:

■ If required, accessories are available starting on Page 34-18.■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.■ 3 main contacts.■ See Table 34-11 for 24V DC power supply requirements.■ Control inputs (P, F, R) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

IEC B-Frame FVR ContactorCat. No. E511B32X3N

Max. AC-3Amp.Rating480V AC (le)

IEC 60947-4-1AC-1 ThermalCurrent 480V ACand (Ith)

FrameSize�

Maximum kW Rating @ Ue (V) 50/60 Hz Maximum UL Horsepower (hp) 50/60 Hz 3-Pole Open Type


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

440V/460V

500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

Catalog Number

Price U.S. $

69

12

121620

AAA

1.12.23

2.245.5

2.245.5

346.5

346.5

346.5

1/41/31/2

1/212

123

1-1/223

335

357-1/2

357-1/2

E511A06X3NE511A09X3NE511A12X3N

280.285.388.

182532

254050

BBB

45.59

7.512.515

912.515

91318.5

101518.5

111518.5

122

335

557-1/2

57-1/2

10

101015

101520

101520

E511B18X3NE511B25X3NE511B32X3N

418.455.505.

4050

6385

CC

1112.5

18.522

2225

2230

2230

2533

33

7-1/210

1015

1015

2025

2530

2530

E511C40X3NE511C50X3N

645.680.

6585

100

100115130

DDD

18.52525

304551

334555

405159

405159

455563

57-1/2

10

101520

202530

203030

405050

506075

506075

E511D65X3NE511D85X3NE511D10X3N

930.1,410.1,835.

125160200

200225250

EEE

334559

6380

100

6380

110

80100110

80100110

80100132

1015—

253040

405060

406075

6075

100

100125150

100125150

E511E12X3NE511E16X3NE511E20X3N

2,600.3,560.4,140.

250315420

300375450

F F F

7590

110

132160220

140160220

160200257

160200257

160200257

———

50——

75100150

100125150

150150200

200250350

200250350

E511F25X3NE511F31X3NE511F42X3N

5,380.6,390.9,240.

Frame Size


Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-18 – 34-21Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-14 – 34-17Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-24 – 34-26Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalStarters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and ReversingVol. 2, Ref. No. [0271]



Product Description . . . . . . 34-2

Standards andCertifications . . . . . . . . . . 34-2

Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-2

Catalog NumberSelection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-3

Starters — Non-reversingand Reversing


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-7

Product Selection. . . . . . . . 34-8

Technical Data andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-14

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-18

Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 34-20

Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-22

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 34-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-24

Product DescriptionThe Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent Tech-nologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Starter from Eaton’s electrical business consists of an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact Block or Contactor and IT. Electro-Mechanical Solid-State Over-load Relay as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. A-Frame (27 mm) to F-Frame (140 mm) Starters are factory or field assembled.

Features■ 115V AC – 600V AC, 1/4 – 350 hp/

.75 – 250 kW, .25A – 420A Overload Amperes range, 50/60 Hz

■ 24V DC coil control power — safe, reliable, global standard

■ Unique Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) coil controller minimizes energy and coil power consumption

■ Microprocessor based control■ Phase loss and current unbalance

protection, user selectable■ Standard user-selectable Trip Class

10 (factory default), 20 or 30 — no individual part numbers — no pro-gramming software

■ Ambient compensated■ Motor temperature and power-up

protection with thermal memory■ Easily accessible mounting feet for

panel mounting■ For use on the load side of an

Adjustable Frequency Drive, con-sult the factory.

■ LED status indication — trip, trip class, motor thermal state, reset, overload state

■ Unique “Alarm without Trip” option for critical must run applications

■ Lockable overload cover protects against unauthorized adjustment and reset functions

■ No control wiring needed between contactor and overload relay — eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts

■ Minimal heat — no full voltage coils■ -40° to 149°F (-40° to 65°C) operating

temperature■ Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range■ Exclusive internal 24-bit floating

point math calculations with RMS calibrated current measurement

■ High immunity to ESD, harmonics — minimal Total Harmonic Distortion

■ IP20 Finger Protection■ Motor running thermal utilization

indication■ Manual, Automatic or Remote Reset■ Easy field assembly of control

wiring — plug and unplug lockable control connector

■ DIN rail mounting, 6A – 100A (A – D Frames)

■ Communication Interface with Starter Network Adapter Product (SNAP)

■ 2- or 3-wire control■ Solid-state alarm output indication■ Front and side mounted Auxiliary

Contacts: 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC, logic level (1NO/1NC)

■ Type 2 Coordination■ Conformal coated PWM overload

board for environmental toughness

Reversing Starters■ Includes Reversing Power Wiring

and bus bars■ Mounting plates for B-Frame

(45 mm) to E-Frame (105 mm)■ Built-in electronic interlock for FVR

units■ Unique overload board energizes

both forward and reverse starters — one control point for wiring

IEC FVNR Starter, C FrameCat. No. E101C50L3A

Overload Relay with Cover Open — FLA/Trip Class/Phase Protection Dial

TEST Button RESET Button

Overload Relay with Cover Closed (front view)

IEC Full Voltage ReversingStarter, E FrameCat. No. E501E20R3A

June 2005

34-8



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalStarters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0272]

Product SelectionWhen Ordering Select required Starter by kW/hp rating, voltage, phase and overload adjustment range (amperes).

Non-reversing StartersTable 34-4. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (A – B Frames), with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection

Note:

■ If required, accessories are available starting on Page 34-18.

■ A-Frame 27 mm IT. Starter is for 1 – or 3-phase applications.

■ The standard B – F-Frame (45 mm to 140 mm) IT. Starters are for 3-phase applications.

■ Class 10 (factory default), 20 and 30 Trip Times see Figure 34-3 on Page 34-17.

■ An E101 (27 – 105 mm) consists of an E04N (Contact Block) or E111A (Contactor) and an E05N (Non-reversing Overload Relay), factory assembled. An E101F (140 mm) consists of an E111 (Contactor) and an E05N (Non-reversing Overload Relay), factory assembled.

■ See Table 34-11 for 24V DC power supply requirements.

■ Control inputs (P, F, 1) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

IEC A-Frame, Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter

IEC B-Frame, Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter

Max. AC-3 Amp.Rating480V AC (le)

OverloadAdjustmentRange(Amperes)

Maximum kW Rating @ Ue (V)50/60 Hz

Maximum UL Horsepower (hp) Rating 50/60 Hz

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

460V 500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

A-Frame 27 mm6 .25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3 3 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 3 3 3 E101A06A3AE101A06B3AE101A06C3AE101A06D3AE101A06E3A

233.233.233.233.233.

9 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

2.2 4 4 4 4 4 1/3 1 2 2 3 5 5 E101A09A3AE101A09B3AE101A09C3AE101A09D3AE101A09E3A

235.235.235.235.235.

12 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

3 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 1/2 2 3 3 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 E101A12A3AE101A12B3AE101A12C3AE101A12D3AE101A12E3A

246.246.246.246.246.

B-Frame 45 mm18 .25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

4 7.5 9 9 10 11 — — 5 5 10 10 10 E101B18A3AE101B18B3AE101B18C3AE101B18D3AE101B18G3AE101B18J3A

258.258.258.258.258.258.

25 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

5.5 12.5 12.5 13 15 15 — — 5 7-1/2 10 15 15 E101B25A3AE101B25B3AE101B25C3AE101B25D3AE101B25G3AE101B25J3A

284.284.

*284.284.284.

32 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

9 15 15 18.5 18.5 18.5 — — 7-1/2 10 15 20 20 E101B32A3AE101B32B3AE101B32C3AE101B32D3AE101B32G3AE101B32J3A

318.318.

*318.318.318.


June 2005



34


Non-reversing Starters, continuedTable 34-5. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (C – D Frames), with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection

Note:









IEC C-FrameFVNR Starter





CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

460V 500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

C-Frame 54 mm40 .25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.05.0 – 168.4 – 2716 – 50

11 18.5 22 22 22 25 — — 10 10 20 25 25 E101C40A3AE101C40B3AE101C40C3AE101C40D3AE101C40F3AE101C40H3AE101C40L3A

423.423.423.423.423.423.

*

50 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.05.0 – 168.4 – 2716 – 50

12.5 22 25 30 30 33 — — 15 15 25 30 30 E101C50A3AE101C50B3AE101C50C3AE101C50D3AE101C50F3AE101C50H3AE101C50L3A

447.447.447.447.447.447.

*

D-Frame 76 mm65 5.0 – 16

8.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100

18.5 30 33 40 40 45 — — 20 20 40 50 50 E101D65F3AE101D65H3AE101D65K3AE101D65N3A

620.620.620.

*

85 5.0 – 168.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100

25 45 45 51 51 55 — — 25 30 50 60 60 E101D85F3AE101D85H3AE101D85K3AE101D85N3A

715.715.715.715.

100 5.0 – 168.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100


1,055.1,055.1,055.1,055.


June 2005

34-10



34


Non-reversing Starters, continuedTable 34-6. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (E – F Frames) with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection

Note:








IEC F- and E-Frame (105 mm and 140 mm) Full Voltage Non-reversing Starters





CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

460V 500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

E-Frame 105 mm125 14 – 45

28 – 9042 – 13563 – 200

33 63 63 80 80 80 — — 40 40 60 100 100 E101E12K3AE101E12M3AE101E12P3AE101E12R3A

1,485.1,485.1,485.1,485.

160 14 – 4528 – 9042 – 13563 – 200


1,910.1,910.1,910.1,910.

200 14 – 4528 – 9042 – 13563 – 200


2,020.2,020.2,020.2,020.

F-Frame 140 mm 250 42 – 135

84 – 270131 – 420

75 132 140 160 160 160 — — 75 100 150 200 200 E101F25P3AE101F25S3AE101F25T3A

2,720.2,720.2,720.

315 42 – 13584 – 270131 – 420

90 160 160 200 200 200 — — 100 125 150 250 250 E101F31P3AE101F31S3AE101F31T3A

3,855.3,855.3,855.

420 42 – 13584 – 270131 – 420

110 220 220 257 257 257 — — 150 150 200 350 350 E101F42P3AE101F42S3AE101F42T3A

4,875.4,875.4,875.


June 2005



34


Reversing StartersTable 34-7. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (A – B Frames) with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection �

� 24V DC coil voltage. Note:




■ An E501 (45 – 105 mm) consists of two E04N (Contact Blocks), an E06N (Reversing Overload Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock and Mounting Plate. An E501F (140 mm) consists of two E111F (Contactors), an E06NF (Reversing Overload Relay), Mechanical Interlock, Crossover Bus Bars and Reversing Wiring Harness.

■ An E501A (27 mm) consists of an E511A (Contactor) and E06NA (Reversing Overload Relay).


■ Control inputs (P, F, R, 1) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).


IEC A-Frame Reversing Starter





CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

440V/460V

500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

A-Frame 27 mm6 .25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3 3 1/4 1/2 1 1-1/2 3 3 3 E501A06A3AE501A06B3AE501A06C3AE501A06D3AE501A06E3A

515.515.515.515.515.

9 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

2.2 4 4 4 4 4 1/3 1 2 2 3 5 5 E501A09A3AE501A09B3AE501A09C3AE501A09D3AE501A09E3A

520.520.520.520.520.

12 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

3 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 1/2 2 3 3 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 E501A12A3AE501A12B3AE501A12C3AE501A12D3AE501A12E3A

525.525.525.525.525.

B-Frame 45 mm18 .25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

4 7.5 9 9 10 11 — — 5 5 10 10 10 E501B18A3AE501B18B3AE501B18C3AE501B18D3AE501B18G3AE501B18J3A

550.550.

*550.550.550.

25 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

5.5 12.5 12.5 13 15 15 — — 5 7-1/2 10 15 15 E501B25A3AE501B25B3AE501B25C3AE501B25D3AE501B25G3AE501B25J3A

625.625.

*625.625.625.

32 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

9 15 15 18.5 18.5 18.5 — — 7-1/2 10 15 20 20 E501B32A3AE501B32B3AE501B32C3AE501B32D3AE501B32G3AE501B32J3A

710.710.

*710.710.710.


June 2005

34-12



34


Reversing Starters, continuedTable 34-8. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (C – D Frames) with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection �

� 24V DC coil voltage.

Note:







■ Control inputs (P, F, R, 1) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).


IEC C-Frame Reversing Starter





CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

440V/460V

500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

C-Frame 54 mm40 .25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.05.0 – 168.4 – 2716 – 50

11 18.5 22 22 22 25 — — 10 10 20 25 25 E501C40A3AE501C40B3AE501C40C3AE501C40D3AE501C40F3AE501C40H3AE501C40L3A

880.*

880.880.880.880.

*

50 .25 – .8.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.05.0 – 168.4 – 2716 – 50

12.5 22 25 30 30 33 — — 15 15 25 30 30 E501C50A3AE501C50B3AE501C50C3AE501C50D3AE501C50F3AE501C50H3AE501C50L3A

990.990.990.990.990.990.

*

D-Frame 76 mm65 5.0 – 16

8.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100

18.5 30 33 40 40 45 — — 20 20 40 50 50 E501D65F3AE501D65H3AE501D65K3AE501D65N3A

1,340.1,340.1,340.1,340.

85 5.0 – 168.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100


1,680.1,680.1,680.1,680.

100 5.0 – 168.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100


2,340.2,340.2,340.2,340.


June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and ReversingVol. 2, Ref. No. [0277]

Reversing Starters, continuedTable 34-9. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (E – F Frames) with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection �

� 24V DC coil voltage.

Note:

■ If required, accessories are available onPage 34-18.






■ Control inputs (P, F, R 1) are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).

IEC E-Frame FVR Starter Cat. No. E501E20P3A

IEC F-Frame Reversing Starter





CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


220V/240V

380V 400V/415V

440V/460V

500V 550V/575V

115V/120V

220V/230V

200V/208V

230V/240V

380V/415V

460V/480V

575V/600V

E-Frame 105 mm125 14 – 45

28 – 9042 – 13563 – 200


3,140.3,140.3,140.3,140.

160 14 – 4528 – 9042 – 13563 – 200


4,235.4,235.4,235.4,235.

200 14 – 4528 – 9042 – 13563 – 200


4,475.4,475.4,475.4,475.

F-Frame 140 mm 250 42 – 135

84 – 270131 – 420

75 132 140 160 160 160 — — 75 100 150 200 200 E501F25P3AE501F25S3AE501F25T3A

5,770.5,770.5,770.

315 42 – 13584 – 270

131 – 420

90 160 160 200 200 200 — — 100 125 150 250 250 E501F31P3AE501F31S3AE501F31T3A

8,550.8,550.8,550.

420 42 – 13584 – 270

131 – 420

110 220 220 257 257 257 — — 150 150 200 350 350 E501F42P3AE501F42S3AE501F42T3A

10,830.10,830.10,830.


June 2005

34-14



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalTechnical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0278]

Table 34-10. Specifications

� Auxiliaries add approximately 1.0" (25 mm) to depth for single, 1.2" (30 mm) for dual. � Non-reversing contactors and starters only.� 99% by application.

Description A-Frame27 mm

B-Frame45 mm

C-Frame54 mm

D-Frame76 mm

E-Frame105 mm

F-Frame140 mm

Overall Dimensions in Inches (mm) � — w x h x dNon-reversing Contactor

1.1 x 3.0 x 2.4(27 x 75 x 60)

1.8 x 4.4 x 2.4(45 x 111 x 60)

2.1 x 4.4 x 2.4(54 x 113 x 60)

3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1(76 x 150 x 79)

4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5(105 x 203 x 90)

5.6 x 14.0 x 7.0(142 x 356 x 178)

Reversing Contactor

2.4 x 2.9 x 2.4(60 x 73 x 60)

3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7(96 x 149 x 69)

4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6(114 x 149 x 67)

6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3(158 x 188 x 84)

8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8(216 x 242 x 97)

11.7 x 17.2 x 7.0(297 x 437 x 178)

Non-reversing Starter

1.2 x 4.0 x 3.1(31 x 102 x 79)

1.8 x 5.0 x 2.5(45 x 127 x 63)

2.1 x 5.4 x 2.5(54 x 138 x 63)

3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1(76 x 150 x 79)

4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5(105 x 203 x 90)

5.7 x 19.4 x 7.0(145 x 493 x 178)

Reversing Starter

2.5 x 4.0 x 3.1(64 x 102 x 79)

3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7(96 x 149 x 69)

4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6(114 x 149 x 67)

6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3(158 x 188 x 84)

8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8(216 x 242 x 97)

11.8 x 21.0 x 7.0(300 x 533 x 178)

Mounting Hole Spacing in Inches (mm) — w x h Non-reversing Contactor

.76 x 2.64(19.2 x 67)

1.33 x 4.0 (33.8 x 101)

1.46 x 4.10(37 x 104)

.94 x 2.87 (24 x 73)

1.33 x 4.13 (33.8 x 105)

1.75 x 13.0(44.5 x 330)

Reversing Contactor

1.31 x 2.52 (33.2 x 64)

3.15 x 5.35(80 x 136)

3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136)

5.51 x 6.89 (140 x 175)

7.87 x 9.06 (200 x 230)

7.82 x 13.0(199 x 330)


.76 x 3.70(19.3 x 94.0)

1.33 x 4.62 (33.8 x 117.3)

1.46 x 5.04 (37 x 128)

.94 x 2.87 (24 x 73)

1.33 x 4.13 (33.8 x 105)

1.75 x 18.3(44.5 x 465)

Reversing Starter

1.31 x 3.52(33.2 x 89.4)

3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136)

3.15 x 5.35 (80 x 136)

5.51 x 6.89 (140 x 175)

7.87 x 9.06 (200 x 230)

7.82 x 18.3(198.5 x 465)

Mounting PositionsPanel-Vertical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Panel-Horizontal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

DIN Rail Mountable Yes Yes � Yes � Yes � No No

Weights in Lb. (kg)Non-reversing Contactor

.3(.14)

.7(.31)

.9(.42)

2.8(1.27)

6.7(3.05)

20(9.1)

Reversing Contactor

.6(.27)

1.9(.86)

2.6(1.17)

6.9(3.13)

16.9(7.67)

48(21.8)


.4(.18)

.9(.40)

1.2(.53)

2.9(1.32)

7.1(3.20)

27(12.3)

Reversing Starter

.9(.40)

2.0(.90)

2.6(1.20)

7.1(3.20)

16.8(7.60)

55(25.0)

Mechanical Operating RateMaximum 6/sec 3/sec 3/sec 2/sec 2/sec 1/sec

Mechanical Life23,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 8,000,000 8,000,000 5,000,000

Humidity � 95%

non-condensing95%non-condensing

95%non-condensing

95%non-condensing

95%non-condensing

95%non-condensing

Insulation Voltage (Ui)690V 690V 690V 690V 690V 690V

Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp)6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV

Max. Current Ratings @ 480V Ue AC-1 Thermal Current (Ith)

20 50 85 130 250 450

AC-2, AC-3 Operating Current (Ie)

12 32 50 100 200 420

AC-4 Operating Current (Ie)

10 32 50 100 150 270

Max. Current Ratings @ 600V Ue AC-1 Thermal Current (Ith)

16 40 68 104 200 360

AC-2, AC-3 Operating Current (Ie)

9 25 40 80 160 336

AC-4 Operating Current (Ie)

8 18 34 68 120 150

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalTechnical Data and SpecificationsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0279]

Table 34-10. Specifications (Continued)

� Use Class B 75°C copper wire only (or 90°C copper wire sized for 75°C operation per NEC).

� Not applicable to starter T1, T2, T3. One wire per terminal.� 27 mm Non-reversing Starter —

• (- and +) 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) only• P, F, 1, A: 1 wire per terminal only,

22 – 14 AWG (0.5 – 1.5 mm2) • Torque: 2.25 lb-in (.25 Nm)• Driver: .09 in (2.5 mm)

� Consult factory for higher ratings.


B-Frame45 mm

C-Frame54 mm

D-Frame76 mm

E-Frame105 mm

F-Frame140 mm

Finger ProtectionFront IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

At Terminals IP20 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP00 IP00

At Terminals with max. size wire installed

IP20 IP20 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP00

Terminals L1, L2, L3/T1, T2, T3 �

1 Wire per Terminal(stranded or solid)

16 – 12 AWG(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 8 AWG(1.5 – 10 mm2)

14 – 4 AWG(1.5 – 16 mm2)

14 – 1 AWG(1.5 – 35 mm2)

6 – 250 MCM(16 – 120 mm2)

4 – 750 MCM(25 – 420 mm2)

2 Wires per Terminal(stranded or solid)

16 – 12 AWG �(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 10 AWG(1.5 – 4 mm2)

14 – 6 AWG(1.5 – 16 mm2)

14 – 2 AWG(1.5 – 25 mm2)

6 – 3/0 AWG(16 – 70 mm2)

1/0 – 300 MCM(50 – 150 mm2)

Strip Length .32" (8 mm) .45" (11 mm) .5" (12 mm) .7" (18 mm) .8" (21 mm) 1.5" (40 mm)

Torque (max.) 18 lb-in (2.0 Nm)

20 lb-in (2.2 Nm) for 14 – 10 AWG (1.5 – 6 mm2);25 lb-in (2.8 Nm) for 8 AWG (10 mm2)

35 lb-in (4.0 Nm) for 14 – 10 AWG (1.5 – 6 mm2);40 lb-in (4.5 Nm) for 8 AWG (10 mm2);45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for 6 – 4 AWG (16 mm2)

45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for Single 14 – 8 AWG (1.5 – 10 mm2); 100 lb-in (11 Nm) for Single 6 – 1 AWG (16 – 35 mm2) and Dual Wire Combina-tions

250 lb-in (28 Nm)

550 lb-in(62 Nm)

DriverFlatHex Key

PZ1 or 3/16"—

—2.5 mm

—3 mm

—4 mm [5/32"]

—8 mm [5/16"]

—8 mm [5/16"]

Operation PerformanceCoil Voltage (nominal) 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC

Coil Operating Voltage Range (VDC)

20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28

Control Terminals(- and +)1 Wire per Terminal

14 – 12 AWG �(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 12 AWG(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 12 AWG(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 12 AWG(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 12 AWG(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

14 – 12 AWG(1.5 – 2.5 mm2)

(- and +)2 Wires per Terminal

14 AWG �(1.5 mm2)

14 AWG(1.5 mm2)

14 AWG(1.5 mm2)

14 AWG(1.5 mm2)

14 AWG(1.5 mm2)

14 AWG(1.5 mm2)

(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3)1 Wire per Terminal

22 – 12 AWG �(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)

22 – 12 AWG(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)

22 – 12 AWG(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)

22 – 12 AWG(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)

22 – 12 AWG(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)

22 – 12 AWG(0.5 – 2.5 mm2)

(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3)2 Wires per Terminal

18 – 14 AWG �(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)

18 – 14 AWG(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)

18 – 14 AWG(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)

18 – 14 AWG(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)

18 – 14 AWG(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)

18 – 14 AWG(0.75 – 1.5 mm2)

Torque (max.) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)

Strip Length .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm)

Driver (Flat) .13 (3.5 mm) � .13 (3.5 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) .13 (3.5 mm) .13 (3.5 mm)

Temperature �

Operating -40° to +149°F(-40° to +65°C)

-40° to +149°F(-40° to +65°C)

-40° to +149°F(-40° to +65°C)

-40° to +149°F(-40° to +65°C)

-40° to +149°F(-40° to +65°C)

-40° to +149°F(-40° to +65°C)

Storage -58° to +176°F(-50° to +80°C)

-58° to +176°F(-50° to +80°C)

-58° to +176°F(-50° to +80°C)

-58° to +176°F(-50° to +80°C)

-58° to +176°F(-50° to +80°C)

-58° to +176°F(-50° to +80°C)

June 2005

34-16



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalTechnical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0280]

Table 34-10. Specifications (Continued)

� Consult factory for higher ratings.� Add 50 mS for 27 and 140 mm Starters for additional microprocessor.� The Non-reversing Starter requires the use of all six mounting screws

for the maximum rating.

Note: At other temperatures expressed in °C, for either inrush or sealed, use the 20°C value from the table in the following:

Note:

■ Response time for Control Inputs = Debounce Time■ The time between operating forward and reverse must be greater than

the Debounce Time.

Table 34-11. 24V DC Power Supply Requirements @ 68°F (20°C) (see Note at bottom left) ��

� The sum of the sealed in values of the contactors/starters must be less than the power supply sealed in value. The largest contactor/starter inrush value must be less than the power supply inrush value.

� Refer to Tab 44 for further power supply information.� _ indicates missing digit/character of the Catalog Number; may have

multiple values.


B-Frame45 mm

C-Frame54 mm

D-Frame76 mm

E-Frame105 mm

F-Frame140 mm

EnvironmentalShock/Vibration 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G �

Pollution Degree �EMC Environment

21

21

21

21

21

21

Altitude � in Ft. (m) 6600 (2000) 6600 (2000) 6600 (2000) 6600 (2000) 6600 (2000) 6600 (2000)

Pull-In Time (mS) @ 24V DCExcl. Debounce Time 15 15 15 25 30 70 – 200

Incl. Debounce Time 67 � 75 80 88 95 120 – 250 �

Dropout Time (mS) @ 24V DCExcl. Debounce Time 8 5 5 12 15 50 – 150

Incl. Debounce Time 60 � 65 70 75 80 70 – 200 �

Watts = W20 [1.1 – .005(T) andAmps = A20 [1.1 – .005(T)]

For example, inrush requirements for a D-Frame Starter at -25°C would be:Watts = 130 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 160Amps = 5.4 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 6.6

Contactor/Starter Size Sealed In Inrush

CatalogNumber �

Frame/mm

Wattage Amps Wattage Amps Duration(mS)

E_11A__X3NE_01A___3AE_11B__X3NE_01B___3AE_11C__X3N

A/27A/27B/45B/45C/54

1.32.03.73.24.2

.054

.083

.15

.13

.18

2020808090

.83

.833.33.33.8

3030505050

E_01C___3AE__1D___3_E__1E___3_E__1F__X3NE_01F___3A

C/54D/76E/105F/140F/140

3.65.05.6

12.013.0

.15

.21

.23

.50

.54

90130140200200

3.85.45.88.38.3

506585

250250



June 2005

34

IT. Electro-MechanicalTechnical Data and SpecificationsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0281]

Electrical Life — AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization CategoriesTable 34-12. Utilization Categories

Life Load Curves — Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical Series IEC contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance. All testing has been based on requirements as found in IEC 60947-4-1 and conducted by us. When selecting a contactor designed to IEC requirements, the specifier must give attention to the specific load, utiliza-tion category and the required electri-cal life. For a definition of Utilization Categories, see Table 34-12 above.

Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are con-ducted at six-times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.

Actual application life may vary, depending on environmental condi-tions and application duty cycle.

Figure 34-1. Electrical Life — AC-3 Utilization Category

Figure 34-2. Electrical Life — AC-4 Utilization Category

The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The categories describe the type of electrical load and the conditions for making and breaking the current.

Category Typical Application

AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.

AC-2 Slip-ring motors: Starting and stopping of running motors

AC-3 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most industrial applications typically fall into this cate-gory).

AC-4 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging �, inching � (very few applications in industry are totally AC-4).� Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor is running.� Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small movements of the motor driven load.

1 6 910 25 40 65 100 160 250

1812 32 50 85 125 200 315420

Operational Current

A B C D E FFrame Size

10,000,000

1,000,000

100,000

10,000

Ope

ratio

ns

Note: Preliminary data.

0.1 1 6 910 25 40 65 100 148

18 32 50 85 125 250320

Operational Current

A B C D E FFrame Size

10,000,000

1,000,000

100,000

10,000

Ope

ratio

ns

Note: Preliminary data.

Trip Times

Figure 34-3. Class 10, 20 and 30 Trip Curves

Contactor Choice —■ Decide what utilization category the

application is and choose the appropriate curve from Figure 34-1 or Figure 34-2.

■ Locate the intersection of the life-load curve with the operational cur-rent (le) of the application, as found on the horizontal axis.

■ Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operations.

1000.0

100.0

10.0

1.0

0.11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2

416

35

10

Trip

Tim

e (S

eco

nd

s)

Trip Class 10 ColdTrip Class 10 HotTrip Class 20 ColdTrip Class 20 HotTrip Class 30 ColdTrip Class 30 Hot

123456

Multiples of FLA

June 2005

34-18



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalAccessories Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0282]

Modular Components — Contactor Field Assembly

Figure 34-4. Modular Contactor Assembly

Modular Components — Starter Field Assembly

Figure 34-5. Modular Starter Assembly

IEC Contact Block

Non-reversingCoil Controller

FVNRContactor

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING CONTACTOR:(2) E04NC50X3N + E03NCXCXNN + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = E511C50X3N

FVRContactor

Reversing Coil Controller

Mechanical Interlock (2) Fanning Strips

(2) IECContact Blocks

Mounting Plate

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING CONTACTOR:E04NC50X3N + E02NCXCXNN = E111C50X3N

Reversing Kit

Non-reversing Overload Relay

FVNRStarter

FVRStarter

Reversing Overload Relay

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER:E04NC50X3N + E05NCXRL3A = E101C50L3A

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER:(2) E04NC50X3N + E06NCXRL3A + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = E501C50L3A

IEC Contact Block

Mechanical Interlock (2) Fanning Strips

(2) IECContact Blocks

Mounting Plate

Reversing Kit

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalAccessoriesVol. 2, Ref. No. [0283]

IEC Contact Block

Table 34-13. IEC Contact Block

Note:

■ E04N + E05N = E101; E04N + E02N = E111 (45 – 105 mm)■ E04N + E06N = E501; E04N + E03N = E511 (45 – 105 mm)

IEC Coil Controller

Table 34-14. IEC Coil Controller

IEC Solid-State Overload Relay

Table 34-15. IEC Solid-State Overload Relay


Frame Amperes CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

B-Frame45 mm

182532

E04NB18X3NE04NB25X3NE04NB32X3N

121.00141.00167.00

C-Frame54 mm

4050

E04NC40X3NE04NC50X3N

179.00201.00

D-Frame76 mm

6585

100

E04ND65X3NE04ND85X3NE04ND10X3N

292.00341.00545.00

E-Frame105 mm

125160200

E04NE12X3NE04NE16X3NE04NE20X3N

875.001,290.001,460.00

Frame CatalogNumber

Price U.S. $

Non-reversingB-Frame — 45 mm E02NBXCXNN 45.25C-Frame — 54 mm E02NCXCXNN 68.50D-Frame — 76 mm E02NDXCXNN 102.00E-Frame — 105 mm E02NEXCXNN 137.00F-Frame — 140 mm EMUCCF *

ReversingB-Frame — 45 mm E03NBXCXNN *C-Frame — 54 mm E03NCXCXNN *D-Frame — 76 mm E03NDXCXNN *E-Frame — 105 mm E03NEXCXNN *F-Frame — 140 mm EMUCCF *

B Frame

B FrameNon-reversing

Frame Overload Adjustment Range (Amperes)

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Non-reversingA-Frame27 mm

.25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.03.8 – 12

E05NAXRA3AE05NAXRB3AE05NAXRC3AE05NAXRD3AE05NAXRE3A

130.00130.00130.00130.00130.00

B-Frame45 mm

.25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

E05NBXRA3AE05NBXRB3AE05NBXRC3AE05NBXRD3AE05NBXRG3AE05NBXRJ3A

131.00131.00131.00131.00131.00

*C-Frame54 mm

.25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.05.0 – 168.4 – 2716 – 50

E05NCXRA3AE05NCXRB3AE05NCXRC3AE05NCXRD3AE05NCXRF3AE05NCXRH3AE05NCXRL3A

234.00234.00234.00234.00234.00234.00

*D-Frame76 mm

5.0 – 168.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100

E05NDXRF3AE05NDXRH3AE05NDXRK3AE05NDXRN3A

309.00309.00309.00309.00

E-Frame105 mm

14 – 4528 – 9042 – 13563 – 200

E05NEXRK3AE05NEXRM3AE05NEXRP3AE05NEXRR3A

515.00515.00515.00515.00

F-Frame140 mm

42 – 13584 – 270131 – 420

E05NFXRP3AE05NFXRS3AE05NFXRT3A

890.00890.00890.00

ReversingB-Frame45 mm

.25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.06.3 – 2010 – 32

E06NBXRA3AE06NBXRB3AE06NBXRC3AE06NBXRD3AE06NBXRG3AE06NBXRJ3A

******

C-Frame54 mm

.25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.42.8 – 9.05.0 – 168.4 – 2716 – 50

E06NCXRA3AE06NCXRB3AE06NCXRC3AE06NCXRD3AE06NCXRF3AE06NCXRH3AE06NCXRL3A

*******

D-Frame76 mm

5.0 – 168.4 – 2714 – 4531 – 100

E06NDXRF3AE06NDXRH3AE06NDXRK3AE06NDXRN3A

****

E-Frame105 mm

14 – 4528 – 9042 – 13563 – 200

E06NEXRK3AE06NEXRM3AE06NEXRP3AE06NEXRR3A

****

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

Non-reversing Reversing

June 2005

34-20



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalAccessories Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0284]

Auxiliary Contacts Auxiliary Contacts are available for mounting on IT. Electro-Mechanical Contactors and Starters. The various choices available for non-reversing models are shown in Tables 34-16 and 34-17, and their ratings in Tables 34-18 – 34-20. For reversing models, the number of auxiliaries indicated is for each of the contactors/starters in the assembly.

Table 34-16. Auxiliary Contact Availability — A – F Frames

� Other combinations: “Single, dual, single”; “Dual, single, dual”; “Dual, logic level, dual”.� For reversers, multiply quantities by two.

Figure 34-6. Connecting Diagram — A – F Frames

Table 34-17. Auxiliary Contact Availability — F-Frame 140 mm

� Form C Contacts.� For reversers, multiply quantities by two.

Note:

■ Side Mounted: Maximum (10) total circuits.■ Front Mounted: Maximum (6) total circuits. �

■ Maximum 4 auxiliaries per side (base + 3 side mounted).■ EMASA/B_ have been superseded by the above Catalog Numbers.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Front Mounted (Maximum Auxiliaries per Contactor/Starter) �

Contactor/Starter Size ContactType

Catalog Number

PriceU.S. $A-Frame

27 mmB-Frame45 mm

C-Frame54 mm

D-Frame76 mm

E-Frame105 mm

F-Frame140 mm

1 3 3 3 3 — 1NO EMA13 *

1 3 3 3 3 — 1NC EMA14 23.30

— 2 2 � 3 3 — 1NO-1NC EMA15 31.50

— 2 2 � 3 3 — 2NO EMA16 31.50

— 2 2 � 3 3 — 2NC EMA17 31.50

1 2 3 3 3 3 Logic Level1NO-1NC

EMA70 *

Auxiliary Contacts per Non-reversing and Reversing Contactor or Starter

Max. ContactType

Description Catalog Number

PriceU.S. $

2 1NO Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) C320KGS41 51.50

2 1NO-1NC Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) C320KGS42 70.00

6 1NO C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required(max. 3 Add-on auxiliaries per side)

C320KGS20 51.50

2 1NOLogic Level

C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required(max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)

C320KGS20L —

6 1NC C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 2 Add-on auxiliaries per side)

C320KGS21 51.50

2 1NCLogic Level


C320KGS21L —

2 1NO-1NC C320KGS41 or C320KGS42 required (max. 1 Add-on auxiliary per side)

C320KGS22 70.00

2 1NO-1NC Logic Level


C320KGS22L � —

3 1NO-1NC Logic Level

Front Mounted Only EMA70 � *

1

NC

2

EMA14

4

NO

1

23 21

NC

22

EMA70

13

NO

14

11

NC

12

13

NO

14

EMA15 EMA16 EMA17

3

EMA13

NO

4

2

NC

1

21

NC

22

NO

24Common

Table 34-18. IEC Ratings

Table 34-19. NEMA A600 Ratings

Table 34-20. NEMA P300 Ratings

Table 34-21. EMA70 Auxiliary Contact

Starter Network Adapter Product (SNAP)

The Starter Network Adapter Product (SNAP) is a front-mount device that serves as a single DeviceNet node, pro-viding communication capability, control and monitoring to Eaton’s Cutler-Ham-mer Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-mechanical Starters (B – F Frames) as well as the IT. S75X SoftStart.When HAND-OFF-AUTO is required, the HOA option will allow for the con-nection of hard wired operators. This option allows for Hand Control even if the DSNAP is not connected. For more information and pricing, see Tab 50.

DC-13 AC-15

Ue Voltage

le Amps.

Ue Voltage

le Amps.

24 5 48 848 2.5 120 6

125 1.1 240 4250 .55 440 2

Current AC Voltage

120 240 480 600

Make and Interrupting

60 30 15 12

Break 6 3 1.5 1.2Continuous 10 10 10 10Thermal 10 10 10 10

Current DC Voltage

125 250

Make and Interrupting

1.1 .55

Break 1.1 .55Continuous 5 5Thermal 5 5

DC-12 AC-12

Ue Ie Ue Ie

30 .1 250 .1


Cat. No. D77B-DSNAP-X1 with 54 mm IT. Starter

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalAccessoriesVol. 2, Ref. No. [0285]

IEC Reversing Mounting Plates

Table 34-22. IEC Reversing Mounting Plates

IEC Reversing KitsTable 34-23. IEC Reversing Kits

� Includes Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock, Mounting Plate and hardware.

� Includes Fanning Strips (Bus Bar Set), Mechanical Interlock and hardware.

IEC Mechanical InterlockTable 34-24. IEC Mechanical Interlock

� The A-Frame 27 mm does not have a separate mechanical interlock due to its embedded design and board requirements.

� The F-Frame 140 mm uses the Freedom Series Mechanical Interlock.

IEC 2-Wire Reversing InterfaceTable 34-25. IEC 2-Wire Reversing Interface

IEC Control Terminals

Table 34-26. IEC Control Terminals

� Non-locking.� Consists of (1) EMA77L and (1) EMA77LR inter-wired.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

FrameSize

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

B – C EMA9B *

D EMA9D *

E EMA9E *

FrameSize

Description CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

B For Contactor and Starter � EMRKTB *

C For Contactor and Starter � EMRKTC *

D For Contactor and Starter � EMRKTD *

E For Contactor and Starter � EMRKTE *

F For Contactor � EMRKTF *

FrameSize �

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

B – E EMMB *

F � C321KM50 65.00


PriceU.S. $

8-Pin for 45 – 140 mm (IEC 6A – 420AReversing Starters)8-Pin for 45 – 105 mm (IEC 18A – 200AReversing Contactors)

EMA2WR8 104.00

No. of Pins

Terminal Markings

IEC Size

Coil Controller Contactor Overload Starter CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $Non-

reversing Reversing Non-



reversing Reversing

8 -+PFR123 A X X EMA76L *

B X X X X X X

C X X X X X X

D X X X X X X X X

E X X X X X X X X

F X X X X

5 -+PFR F X X X X EMA77L *

5 RFP+- F X X X X EMA77LR *

4 -+PF A X EMA78L *

B X X

C X X

6 -+PF1A A X X EMA81 � *

(2) 5 -+PFR and RFP+- F X X EMA80L � *


June 2005

34-22



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalRenewal Parts Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0286]

IEC Contact Kits

Table 34-27. IEC Contact Kits

24V DC Coils

Table 34-28. 24V DC Coils

Lug Kits

Table 34-29. Lug Kits

� Kit includes Lug Cover — required for contactors only.

Fanning StripsTable 34-30. Reversing Fanning Strips

DIN Rail Catch

Table 34-31. DIN Rail Catch


FrameSize


PriceU.S. $

C 3-Pole, 40A Hold Open EMCKT40 *

3-Pole, 40A Non-hold Open EMCKT40NH *

3-Pole, 50A Hold Open EMCKT50 *


D 3-Pole, 65A Hold Open EMCKT65 *






E 3-Pole, 125A EMCKT125 *

3-Pole, 160A EMCKT160 *


F 3-Pole, 250A EMCKT250 *



FrameSize

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

B EMCB *

C EMCC 105.

D EMCD 145.

E EMCE 178.

F EMCF 289.

FrameSize


PriceU.S. $

C 3 pc. EMLUGKTC *

D 1 pc. EMLUGKTD *

E 1 pc. — For Contactor and Line Side Starter

EMLUGKTLE *

1 pc. — For Load Side Starter EMLUGKTTE *

F Horizontal Box Lug � EMLUGKTFA *

Vertical Box Lug EMLUGKTFB *

FrameSize


PriceU.S. $

A Line and Load Side Wire Sets EMFRA *

B Line Side EMFRLB *

Load Side EMFRTB *

C Line Side EMFRLC *

Load Side EMFRTC *

D Line Side EMFRLD *

Load Side EMFRTD *

E Line Side EMFRLE *

Load Side EMFRTE *

F Line Side Bus Bar Set EMFRLF *

Load Side Bus Bar Set EMFRTF *

FrameSize


PriceU.S. $

B – C Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad EMDRCB *D Catch with Leaf Spring and Pad EMDRCD *


June 2005



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalWiring DiagramsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0287]

Figure 34-7. Wiring – Non-reversing Contactor

Figure 34-8. Wiring – Non-reversing Starters

ControlTerminal Block

PowerSupply24V DC

24V

DC

Per

mis

sive

Forw

ard

E-Stop P F

Optional

= Momentary = Maintained

E-Stop

OptionalStop

Start

PowerSupply24V DC

24V

DC

Per

mis

sive

Forw

ard

P

*

* Maintained Only 2-Wire Remote Pilot Device Disconnect AC Power Before Working on this Product

1L1 3L2 5L3

2T1 4T2

M

6T3

F

24V DC

24V DCConnections

3-Wire Control 2-Wire Control

P F

M3~

24V

DC

Per

mis

sive

Forw

ard

Stop

Start

Reset(Optional)

Stop

Start

Reset(Optional)

Reset(Optional)

E-Stop

Optional

E-Stop

Optional

E-Stop

Optional

P F

Res

et

Ala

rmO

pti

on

al

Op

tio

nal

Op

tio

nal

1 A

24V

DC

Per

mis

sive

Forw

ard

P F

No

t U

sed

N

Res

et Ala

rm

1 2 3

24V

DC

Per

mis

sive

Forw

ard

Alarm Output A

E-Stop

Optional

P FR

eset

Ala

rm1 A

P F 1 A

*

* Maintained Only 2-Wire Remote Pilot Device

= Momentary

= Maintained

Disconnect AC Power Before Working on this Product

*

1L1

Alarm Output (Optional)

3L2 5L3

1L1 3L2 5L3

2T1 4T2 6T3

24V DC

24V DC


PowerSupply24V DC

3-Wire Control

PowerSupply24V DC

2-Wire Control

PowerSupply24V DC

3-Wire Control

PowerSupply24V DC

2-Wire Control

24V DCConnections

Control Terminal Block

24V DCConnections

TEST STATUS

RESET ManualAuto

TEST

STATUS RESETManual

Auto

24V

DC

Per

mis

sive

Forw

ard

P F

No

t U

sed

N

Res

et Ala

rm

1 2 3

P F N 1 2 3

Op

tio

nal

M3~

M3~

Reset(Optional)

Note:Load side wires pass through the overload and are secured with the contactor terminals, T1, T2 and T3.

Note:Remove Control Terminal Block before wiring of T1, T2 and T3.

June 2005

34-24



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalDimensions Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0288]

Non-reversing and Reversing Contactors (Frame A)Table 34-32. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 34-9. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)

Non-reversing Contactors (Frames B & C)Table 34-33. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


FrameSize

Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg.Screws

Terminals

Width Height Depth Depth w/Auxiliary

Depth addedw/DIN Rail

Width Height Mtg. Holeto Top

DIN Railto Top

Control Line Load

A B C D E F G H J K P Q R

Non-reversingA 1.1

(27)3.0(75)

2.4(60)

3.5(88)

.2(5)

.76(19.2)

2.64(67)

.1(3.5)

.6(15)

(3) #8M4

.6(16)

1.7(43)

1.7(43)

ReversingA 2.4

(60)2.9(73)

2.4(60)

3.5(88)

.2(5)

1.31(33.2)

2.52(64)

.2(5)

.5(13)

(3) #8M4

.6(16)

1.7(43)

1.7(43)

FrameSize


Terminals




DIN Railto Top

Control Line Load


B 1.8(45)

4.4(111)

2.4(60)

3.6(91)

.1(3)

1.33(33.8)

4.0(101)

.2(5)

.9(23)

(3) #8M4

.7(19)

1.2(30)

1.2(30)

C 2.1(54)

4.45(113)

2.4(60)

3.6(91)

.1(3)

1.46(37)

4.1(104)

.2(5)

.8(20)

(3) #8M4

.7(19)

1.2(30)

1.2(30)

ControlTerminal

Block

K

H

G

JLogic Level Auxiliary –

Reduce Dim “D”.28 (7) for the

Single Auxiliaries B

FA

GB

F

A

RP

E

QC

D

Line Terminals(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

Load Terminals(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

Non-reversingContactors

ReversingContactors

StandardDIN Rail1.38 x .3(35 x 7.5)(OptionalMounting)

K

J

RP Control

Terminal BlockE


Dual Auxiliary –Reduce Dim “D”

.31 (8) for theSingle Auxiliaries

K

QC FH

G

J

B

AD


StandardDIN Rail1.38 x .3(35 x 7.5)

(Optional Mounting)

C-Frame Pictured(B-Frame Has Two Lower Mtg. Feet,

Reference F – Width)

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-MechanicalDimensionsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0289]

Non-reversing Contactors (Frames D & E) Table 34-34. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


Non-reversing Contactors (Frame F)Table 34-35. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 34-12. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

FrameSize


Terminals




DIN Railto Top

Control Line Load


D 3.0(76)

5.9(150)

3.1(79)

4.2(107)

.2(4)

.94(24)

2.87(73)

.5(13)

.9(23)

(4) #6 x 2M3.5 x 50

2.4(60)

1.5(37)

.6(14)

E 4.1(105)

8.0(203)

3.5(90)

4.7(119)

— 1.33(33.8)

4.13(105)

.6(15)

— (4) #8 x 1.5M4 x 40

2.8(72)

1.7(42)

.3(8)

FrameSize


Terminals

Width Height Depth Depth w/LogicLevel Auxiliary

Width w/SideAuxiliaries

Width Height MountingHole to Top

Control Line Load

A B C D E F G H K P Q R

F 5.6(142)

14.0(356)

7.0(178)

8.2(208)

6.70(170)

1.75(44.5)

13.0(330)

0.58(14.7)

(4) 5/16M8

.8(20)

4.4(112)

4.4(112)

2 T1 T24 T36

K

J

H

G

B



AF

QE

DLine Terminals(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

StandardDIN Rail

1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5)(Optional Mounting)

76 mm (D-Frame) Only

ControlTerminal BlockR

P


E-Frame Shown C

Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

PR

Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)

DC

Q

EA

FK

Logic Auxiliary

Side Auxiliary


G B

H

June 2005

34-26



34


Reversing Contactors (Frames B – E) Table 34-36. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


Reversing Contactors (Frame F)Table 34-37. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


FrameSize


Terminals



Control Line Load

A B C D F G H K P Q R

B 3.8(96)

5.9(149)

2.7(69)

3.8(96)

3.15(80)

5.35(136)

.3(7)

(3) #10M5

2.0(50)

1.5(38)

.9(22)

C 4.5(114)

5.9(149)

2.6(67)

3.8(96)

3.15(80)

5.35(136)

.3(7)

(3) #10M5

2.0(50)

1.5(38)

.6(16)

D 6.2(158)

7.4(188)

3.3(84)

4.4(112)

5.51(140)

6.89(175)

.2(6)

(3) #10M5

2.6(67)

1.9(48)

.9(22)

E 8.5(216)

9.5(242)

3.8(97)

4.9(125)

7.87(200)

9.06(230)

.2(6)

(3) #10M5

3.1(80)

2.1(54)

.7(17)

FrameSize


Terminals

Width Height Depth Depth w/LogicLevel Auxiliary


Width Height MountingHole to Top

Control Line Load

A B C D E F G H K P Q R

F 11.7(297)

17.2(437)

7.0(178)

8.2(208)

12.8(325)

7.8(198.5)

13.0(330)

2.19(55.5)

(4) 5/16M8

.8(20)

4.4(112)

4.4(112)




K

PFRA

C

H

GB

QD



Logic Auxiliary

Side Auxiliary


Load Terminals (2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)

PR

Q

DC

F

EA

Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) K

G B

H

June 2005



34


Non-reversing and Reversing Starters (Frame A)Table 34-38. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


FrameSize


Reset Button Terminals




DIN Railto Top

Width Height Depth Control Line Load

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R

Non-reversingA 1.20

(31)4.0(102)

3.1(79)

3.5(89)

.2(5)

.76(19.3)

3.70(94.0)

.1(3.5)

.6(15)

(3) #8M4

.3(8.0)

2.9(72.4)

3.1(78)

2.2(55)

1.7(43)

1.8(45)

ReversingA 2.50

(64)4.0(102)

3.1(79)

3.5(89)

.2(5)

1.31(33.2)

3.52(89.4)

.2(5)

.5(13)

(3) #8M4

.9(24)

3.0(76.0)

3.1(78)

2.2(55)

1.7(43)

1.8(45)


ControlTerminal Block Non-reversing Starter Reversing Starter

LA


D

Logic Level Auxiliary(Reduce Dim. ”D”

.28 (7) for theSingle Auxiliaries)

Q FH

E

R

P

N

C

K K

LBA

M

J

B G B G

Reset Button.015 (.4)

Deflectionto Reset

StandardDIN Rail

1.38 x .30(35 x 7.5)(OptionalMounting)

ResetButton

M

J

ResetButton

June 2005

34-28



34


Non-reversing Starters (Frames B – E) Table 34-39. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


Non-reversing Starter (Frame F)Table 34-40. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


FrameSize





Width Height Width Height Depth Control Line Load

A B C D E F G K L M N P Q R

B 1.8(45)

5.0(127)

2.5(63)

3.6(91)

.1(3)

1.33(33.8)

4.62(117.3)

(3) #8M4

.6(14)

3.6(91)

2.5(63)

1.7(44)

1.2(30)

.6(16)

C 2.1(54)

5.4(138)

2.5(63)

3.6(91)

.1(3)

1.46(37)

5.04(128)

(3) #8M4

.7(17)

3.7(93)

2.4(62)

1.8(45)

1.2(30)

.3(8)

D 3.0(76)

5.9(150)

3.1(79)

4.2(107)

.2(4)

.94(24)

2.87(73)

(4) #6 x 2M3.5 x 50

.7(17)

4.2(106)

3.1(78)

2.4(60)

1.5(37)

.6(14)

E 4.1(105)

8.0(203)

3.5(90)

4.7(119)

— 1.33(33.8)

4.13(105)

(4) #8 x 1.5M4 x 40

.7(17)

5.7(146)

3.5(88)

2.8(72)

1.7(42)

.3(8)

FrameSize



Width Length Depth Depth w/LogicLevel Auxiliary


Width Height Mntg.Holeto Top

Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load

A B C D E F G I K L M N P Q R S

F 5.7(145)

19.4(493)

7.0(178)

8.2(208)

6.7(170)

1.75(44.5)

18.3(465)

.58(14.7)

(4) 5/16 M8

2.4(61)

12.4(315)

5.3(135)

5.0(126)

4.4(112)

3.0(75)

4.0(101)

L

Reset Button.015 (0.4)

Deflection to Reset


Reset Button

K(B and CFrames)

K(D and EFrames)

Q

ControlTerminal Block P

R

E NC



J

M

H

GB

FAD


StandardDIN Rail1.38 x .3(35 x 7.5)

(Optional Mounting)

SideAuxiliary Logic

Auxiliary

Control TerminalBlock

SPN

Load Terminals(2 T1, 6 T3)

(4 T2)R

AL

Q

DC


FE

K

G B

M

H


Deflectionto Reset

June 2005



34


Reversing Starters (Frames B – E) Table 34-41. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


Reversing Starter (Frame F)Table 34-42. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


FrameSize



Width Length Depth Depth w/Auxiliary

Width Height Mtg. Hole to Top

Width Height Depth Control Line Load

A B C D F G H K L M N P Q R

B 3.8(96)

5.9(149)

2.7(69)

3.8(96)

3.15(80)

5.35(136)

.28(7)

(3) #10M5

1.6(40)

3.8(97)

2.7(68)

2.0(50)

1.5(38)

.9(22)

C 4.5(114)

5.9(149)

2.6(67)

3.8(96)

3.15(80)

5.35(136)

.28(7)

(3) #10M5

1.7(43)

4.1(104)

2.6(65)

2.0(50)

1.5(38)

.6(16)

D 6.2(158)

7.4(188)

3.3(84)

4.4(112)

5.51(140)

6.89(175)

.24(6)

(3) #10M5

2.3(58)

5.5(139)

3.3(83)

2.6(67)

1.9(48)

.9(22)

E 8.5(216)

9.5(242)

3.8(97)

4.9(125)

7.87(200)

9.06(230)

.24(6)

(3) #10M5

2.9(73)

7.2(182)

3.7(94)

3.1(80)

2.1(54)

.7(17)

FrameSize

Overall Mounting Holes Req.Mtg.Screws


Width Length Depth Depth w/LogicLevel Auxiliary


Width H1 Mntg.Holeto Top

H2 Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load

A B C D E F G H I K L M N P Q R S

F 11.8(300)

21.0(533)

7.0(178)

8.2(208)

12.8(325)

7.82(199)

18.3(465)

2.19(55.5)

13(330)

(5) 5/16M8

5.4(138)

12.4(315)

5.3(135)

5.0(126)

4.4(112)

3.0(75)

4.0(101)

ResetButton

K

PF

RL

NAC

G M


Reset Button.015 (0.4)

Deflection to Reset



B

QD H



Side Auxiliary

Logic Auxiliary


SPN

Load Terminals (2 T1, 6 T3)

(4 T2)R

FA

L

Q

DC

EF

Line Terminals (1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) K

GB

I M

H


Deflectionto Reset

June 2005

34-30



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedProduct Family Overview Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0294]




Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 34-30

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . 34-30

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-31

Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-32

Non-combination Starters. . . . 34-34

Fusible and Non-fusibleCombination Starters . . . . . . 34-36

Combination HMCP/HCPEStarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-44

Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . 34-49

Product DescriptionThe Cutler-Hammer® Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical line of Contactors and Starters from Eaton’s electrical business is the result of a sub-stantial engineering, manufacturing and marketing effort involving extensive customer input, combined with new advances in solid-state technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical products have greatly increased functionality, significantly reduced size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC control. The exclusive Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) control and digital microprocessor generate a mini-mized DC value which reduces energy to the contact block and provides the most compact system available.

Standards and Certifications■ IEC 947-4-2■ UL Listed■ cUL Listed (indicates appropriate

CSA Standard investigation)■ ABS Type Approval■ CE Mark available

Type 1 Non-combination IT. Contactor

Cover ControlNon-reversing and Reversing

Factory Installed Pilot DevicesTo order factory installed pilot devices, change the 9th character of the Catalog Number to the alpha shown in Table 34-43. Example: to order an ECR0514CAA with START/STOP pushbuttons and a red RUN pilot light, change the A to a C, i.e. ECR0514CCA.

Flange Control KitsFor on-the-job conversion of Type 1, 3R, 4X and 12 enclosed starters. Knockouts are provided on the Type 1 flange. Type 3R, 4X and 12 have prepunched holes with removable hole plugs. Cover Mounted Field Installable Kits are specified in Table 34-43.

Table 34-43. Pilot Devices for IT. IEC

� Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage — Kits only. Example: C400T9B.

� Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.� Type 3R/4X only for combination Reversing IT. Starters.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Description Factory InstalledFlange Control

Cover Mounted Field Installation Kits

Position9 Alpha

Non-combination and Combination �

Code AdderU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Non-reversingNo Cover Mounted Pilot DevicesSTART/STOP Pushbuttonswith Red RUN Pilot Lightwith Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

ABCD

****

—C400T1——

—70.——

ON/OFF Pushbuttonswith Red RUN Pilot Lightwith Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

EFG

***

C400T2——

70.——

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switchwith Red RUN Pilot Lightwith Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

HJK

***

C400T12——

70.——

START PushbuttonON PushbuttonOFF PushbuttonRed RUN Pilot LightGreen OFFRed RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights

LMNPQR

******

C400T3C400T4C400T5C400T9 �

C400T10 �

C400T11 �

48.48.48.

***

START/STOP Selector Switchwith Red RUN Pilot Lightwith Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

STU

***

C400T13——

*——

ON/OFF Selector Switchwith Red RUN Pilot Lightwith Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

VWX

***

C400T14——

70.——

ReversingNo Cover Mounted Pilot DevicesFOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttonswith 2 Red Pilot Lightswith 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

ABCD

****

—C400T6——

—216.

——

UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttonswith 2 Red Pilot Lights

EF

**

——

——

FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switchwith 2 Red Pilot Lightswith 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

HJK

***

C400T15——

146.——

Two Red Pilot LightsOne Green Pilot LightTwo Red/One Green Pilot LightsOPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switchwith 2 Red Pilot Lightswith 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

PQRVWX

******

�

C400T10 �

—C400T16——

—*

—*

——

Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter

120V 60 Hz208V 60 Hz

AE

240V 60 Hz380V 50 Hz

BL

480V 60 Hz600V 60 Hz

CD

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedProduct Family OverviewVol. 2, Ref. No. [0295]

Catalog Number SelectionTable 34-44. IEC Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System

� If CPT is selected, Power Supply to be 120V AC – 24V DC.� Power supply omitted.� See Table 34-45, Solid-State Overload Range Codes.

Table 34-45. Solid-State Overload Range Codes

� For Overload Sizes for starters with other AC-3 Amp Ratings, contact your Eaton Representative.

FLA Range Frame Size/AC-3 Amps �

A B C D E F

12A 32A 50A 100A 200A 400A

.25 – .8

.59 – 1.91.4 – 4.4

ABC

———

———

———

———

———

2.8 – 9.03.8 – 125.0 – 16

DE—

D——

———

———

———

———

6.3 – 208.4 – 27

10 – 32

———

G—J

—H—

———

———

———

14 – 4516 – 5031 – 100

———

———

—L—

K—N

———

———

42 – 13563 – 20084 – 270

131 – 420

————

————

————

————

PR——

——ST

E C R 2 2 B 1 B A C - J

Design

R = IT. — IEC

Disconnect Fuse Clip

A =B =C =D =E =F =

None30A/250V30A/600V60A/250V60A/600V

100A/250V

G =H =J =K =L =

100A/600V200A/250V200A/600V400A/250V400A/600V

HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings

A =B =C =D =E =F =

None3A7A

15A30A50A

W =G =X =H =J =K =

70A100A/RC3100A/TC3150A250A400A

Cover Control

(See Page 34-30)

Modification Codes

(See Page 34-49)

Solid-State �

Overload Range

Class

01 =02 =05 =06 =16 =17 =22 =23 =

ContactorsReversing ContactorsNon-combination — FVNR StarterNon-combination — FVR StarterCombination — Non/Fusible FVNR StarterCombination — Non/Fusible FVR StarterCombination — HMCPE FVNR StarterCombination — HMCPE FVR Starter

Frame Size

A =B =C =

27 mm45 mm54 mm

D =E =F =

76 mm105 mm140 mm

Enclosure Type

1 =2 =3 =4 =6 =8 =9 =

Type 1 — General PurposeType 3R — RainType 4 — Painted SteelType 4X — Watertight (304-Grade SS)Type 7/9 — Explosion ProofType 12 — Dust-TightType 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel

Motor Voltage/

Power Supply �

B =C =D =E =Q =L =

230V460V575V200V24V DC �380V/50 Hz

June 2005

34-32



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedContactors Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0296]

Product SelectionTable 34-46. Class ECR01 — IT. IEC Contactors — Non-reversing

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECR01P4QAA. To order Type 4X

316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.� For each Frame Size, enclosed contactors with lower Amp Ratings are available. Contact your Eaton Representative for component contactors and

their horsepower choices.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Type 1 Non-combination IT. Contactor

MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �

Voltage3-PoleType 1

3-PoleType 3R

3-PoleType 4X �

3-PoleType 12

3-Pole ComponentContactor (Open)

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Frame Size A — 12A �

—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25

24V DC ECR01A1QAAECR01A1EAAECR01A1BAAECR01A1CAAECR01A1DAAECR01A1LAA

******

ECR01A2QAAECR01A2EAAECR01A2BAAECR01A2CAAECR01A2DAAECR01A2LAA

******


******


******

E111A12Q3NE111A12E3NE111A12B3NE111A12C3NE111A12D3NE111A12L3N

Frame Size B — 32A �

—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015

24V DC ECR01F1QAAECR01F1EAAECR01F1BAAECR01F1CAAECR01F1DAAECR01F1LAA

******

ECR01F2QAAECR01F2EAAECR01F2BAAECR01F2CAAECR01F2DAAECR01F2LAA

******


******


******

E111B32Q3NE111B32E3NE111B32B3NE111B32C3NE111B32D3NE111B32L3N

Frame Size C — 50A �

—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025

24V DC ECR01H1QAAECR01H1EAAECR01H1BAAECR01H1CAAECR01H1DAAECR01H1LAA

******

ECR01H2QAAECR01H2EAAECR01H2BAAECR01H2CAAECR01H2DAAECR01H2LAA

******


******


******

E111C50Q3NE111C50E3NE111C50B3NE111C50C3NE111C50D3NE111C50L3N

Frame Size D — 100A �

—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550

24V DC ECR01L1QAAECR01L1EAAECR01L1BAAECR01L1CAAECR01L1DAAECR01L1LAA

******

ECR01L2QAAECR01L2EAAECR01L2BAAECR01L2CAAECR01L2DAAECR01L2LAA

******


******


******

E111D10Q3NE111D10E3NE111D10B3NE111D10C3NE111D10D3NE111D10L3N

Frame Size E — 200A �

—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100

24V DC ECR01P1QAAECR01P1EAAECR01P1BAAECR01P1CAAECR01P1DAAECR01P1LAA

******

ECR01P2QAAECR01P2EAAECR01P2BAAECR01P2CAAECR01P2DAAECR01P2LAA

******


******


******

E111E20Q3NE111E20E3NE111E20B3NE111E20C3NE111E20D3NE111E20L3N

Frame Size F — 420A �

—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—150150350350200

24V DC ECR01T1QAAECR01T1EAAECR01T1BAAECR01T1CAAECR01T1DAAECR01T1LAA

******

ECR01T2QAAECR01T2EAAECR01T2BAAECR01T2CAAECR01T2DAAECR01T2LAA

******


******


******

E111F40Q3NE111F40E3NE111F40B3NE111F40C3NE111F40D3NE111F40L3N

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-14Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-18Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-22Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-30Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-48Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedContactorsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0297]

Table 34-47. Class ECR02 — IT. IEC Contactors — Reversing

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. � These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECR02P4QAA. To order Type 4X

316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.� For each Frame Size, enclosed contactors with lower Amp Ratings are available. Contact your Eaton Representative for component contactors and

their horsepower choices.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �

Voltage3-Pole Type 1

3-PoleType 3R

3-Pole Type 4X �

3-Pole Type 12

3-Pole ComponentContactor (Open)

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25

24V DC ECR02A1QAAECR02A1EAAECR02A1BAAECR02A1CAAECR02A1DAAECR02A1LAA

******


******


******


******

E511A12Q3NE511A12E3NE511A12B3NE511A12C3NE511A12D3NE511A12L3N


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015

24V DC ECR02F1QAAECR02F1EAAECR02F1BAAECR02F1CAAECR02F1DAAECR02F1LAA

******


******


******


******

E511B32Q3NE511B32E3NE511B32B3NE511B32C3NE511B32D3NE511B32L3N


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025

24V DC ECR02H1QAAECR02H1EAAECR02H1BAAECR02H1CAAECR02H1DAAECR02H1LAA

******


******


******


******

E511C50Q3NE511C50E3NE511C50B3NE511C50C3NE511C50D3NE511C50L3N


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550

24V DC ECR02L1QAAECR02L1EAAECR02L1BAAECR02L1CAAECR02L1DAAECR02L1LAA

******


******


******


******

E511D10Q3NE511D10E3NE511D10B3NE511D10C3NE511D10D3NE511D10L3N


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100

24V DC ECR02P1QAAECR02P1EAAECR02P1BAAECR02P1CAAECR02P1DAAECR02P1LAA

******


******


******


******

E511E20Q3NE511E20E3NE511E20B3NE511E20C3NE511E20D3NE511E20L3N


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—150150350350200

24V DC ECR02T1QAAECR02T1EAAECR02T1BAAECR02T1CAAECR02T1DAAECR02T1LAA

******


******


******


******

E511F42Q3NE511F42E3NE511F42B3NE511F42C3NE511F42D3NE511F42L3N

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-14Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-18Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-22Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-30Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-48Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-34



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedNon-combination Starters Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0298]

Product SelectionTable 34-48. Class ECR05 — IT. IEC Non-combination Starters — Non-reversing


316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.� The eleventh position of the Catalog Numbers is the Solid-State Overload Range Code referred to in Table 34-45.� For each Frame Size, enclosed starters with lower Amp Ratings are available. Contactor your Eaton Representative for component starters and their

horsepower and overload range choices.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Type 3R IT. IEC Non-combination Starter

MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �

Voltage3-PoleType 1

3-PoleType 3R

3-PoleType 4X �

3-PoleType 12

3-Pole ComponentStarter (Open)

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25

24V DC ECR05A1QAA-EECR05A1EAA-EECR05A1BAA-EECR05A1CAA-EECR05A1DAA-EECR05A1LAA-E

******

ECR05A2QAA-EECR05A2EAA-EECR05A2BAA-EECR05A2CAA-EECR05A2DAA-EECR05A2LAA-E

******


******


******

E101A12Q3AE101A12E3AE101A12B3AE101A12C3AE101A12D3AE101A12L3A


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015

24V DC ECR05F1QAA-JECR05F1EAA-JECR05F1BAA-JECR05F1CAA-JECR05F1DAA-JECR05F1LAA-J

******

ECR05F2QAA-JECR05F2EAA-JECR05F2BAA-JECR05F2CAA-JECR05F2DAA-JECR05F2LAA-J

******


******


******

E101B32Q3AE101B32E3AE101B32B3AE101B32C3AE101B32D3AE101B32L3A


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025

24V DC ECR05H1QAA-LECR05H1EAA-LECR05H1BAA-LECR05H1CAA-LECR05H1DAA-LECR05H1LAA-L

******

ECR05H2QAA-LECR05H2EAA-LECR05H2BAA-LECR05H2CAA-LECR05H2DAA-LECR05H2LAA-L

******


******


******

E101C50Q3AE101C50E3AE101C50B3AE101C50C3AE101C50D3AE101C50L3A


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550

24V DC ECR05L1QAA-NECR05L1EAA-NECR05L1BAA-NECR05L1CAA-NECR05L1DAA-NECR05L1LAA-N

******

ECR05L2QAA-NECR05L2EAA-NECR05L2BAA-NECR05L2CAA-NECR05L2DAA-NECR05L2LAA-N

******


******


******

E101D10Q3AE101D10E3AE101D10B3AE101D10C3AE101D10D3AE101D10L3A


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100

24V DC ECR05P1QAA-RECR05P1EAA-RECR05P1BAA-RECR05P1CAA-RECR05P1DAA-RECR05P1LAA-R

******

ECR05P2QAA-RECR05P2EAA-RECR05P2BAA-RECR05P2CAA-RECR05P2DAA-RECR05P2LAA-R

******


******


******

E101E20Q3AE101E20E3AE101E20B3AE101E20C3AE101E20D3AE101E20L3A


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—150150350350200

24V DC ECR05T1QAA-TECR05T1EAA-TECR05T1BAA-TECR05T1CAA-TECR05T1DAA-TECR05T1LAA-T

******

ECR05T2QAA-TECR05T2EAA-TECR05T2BAA-TECR05T2CAA-TECR05T2DAA-TECR05T2LAA-T

******


******


******

E101F40Q3AE101F40E3AE101F40B3AE101F40C3AE101F40D3AE101F40L3A

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-18Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-22Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-30Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-48Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedNon-combination StartersVol. 2, Ref. No. [0299]

Table 34-49. Class ECR06 — IT. IEC Non-combination Starters — Reversing




MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �

Voltage3-Pole Type 1

3-Pole Type 3R

3-Pole Type 4X �

3-Pole Type 12


Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25

24V DC ECR06A1QAA-EECR06A1EAA-EECR06A1BAA-EECR06A1CAA-EECR06A1DAA-EECR06A1LAA-E

******


******


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015

24V DC ECR06F1QAA-JECR06F1EAA-JECR06F1BAA-JECR06F1CAA-JECR06F1DAA-JECR06F1LAA-J

******


******


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025

24V DC ECR06H1QAA-LECR06H1EAA-LECR06H1BAA-LECR06H1CAA-LECR06H1DAA-LECR06H1LAA-L

******


******


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550

24V DC ECR06L1QAA-NECR06L1EAA-NECR06L1BAA-NECR06L1CAA-NECR06L1DAA-NECR06L1LAA-N

******


******


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100

24V DC ECR06P1QAA-RECR06P1EAA-RECR06P1BAA-RECR06P1CAA-RECR06P1DAA-RECR06P1LAA-R

******


******


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—150150350350200

24V DC ECR06T1QAA-TECR06T1EAA-TECR06T1BAA-TECR06T1CAA-TECR06T1DAA-TECR06T1LAA-T

******


******


******


******

E501F40Q3AE501F40E3AE501F40B3AE501F40C3AE501F40D3AE501F40L3A


June 2005

34-36



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedCombination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusible Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0300]

Product SelectionTable 34-50. Class ECR16 — IT. IEC Fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.� The eleventh position of the Catalog Numbers is the Solid-State Overload Range Code referred to in Table 34-45.� For each Frame Size, enclosed starters with lower Amp Ratings are available. Contactor your Eaton Representative for component starters and their


MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �

VoltageDisconnect 3-Pole

Type 13-Pole Type 3R


CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

337-1/27-1/25

24V DC 30A ECR16A1QAB-JECR16A1QAC-JECR16A1EAB-JECR16A1BAB-JECR16A1CAC-JECR16A1DAC-JECR16A1LAC-J

*******

ECR16A2QAB-JECR16A2QAC-JECR16A2EAB-JECR16A2BAB-JECR16A2CAC-JECR16A2DAC-JECR16A2LAC-J

*******

E101A12Q3AE101A12Q3AE101A12E3AE101A12B3AE101A12C3AE101A12D3AE101A12L3A


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

7-1/210202015

24V DC 30A ECR16F1QAB-JECR16F1QAC-JECR16F1EAB-JECR16F1BAB-JECR16F1CAC-JECR16F1DAC-JECR16F1LAC-J

*******

ECR16F2QAB-JECR16F2QAC-JECR16F2EAB-JECR16F2BAB-JECR16F2CAC-JECR16F2DAC-JECR16F2LAC-J

*******

E101B32Q3AE101B32Q3AE101B32E3AE101B32B3AE101B32C3AE101B32D3AE101B32L3A


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——1515303025

24V DC 60A ECR16H1QAD-LECR16H1QAE-LECR16H1EAD-LECR16H1BAD-LECR16H1CAE-LECR16H1DAE-LECR16H1LAE-L

*******

ECR16H2QAD-LECR16H2QAE-LECR16H2EAD-LECR16H2BAD-LECR16H2CAE-LECR16H2DAE-LECR16H2LAE-L

*******

E101C50Q3AE101C50Q3AE101C50E3AE101C50B3AE101C50C3AE101C50D3AE101C50L3A


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——3030757550

24V DC 100A ECR16L1QAF-NECR16L1QAG-NECR16L1EAF-NECR16L1BAF-NECR16L1CAG-NECR16L1DAG-NECR16L1LAG-N

*******

ECR16L2QAF-NECR16L2QAG-NECR16L2EAF-NECR16L2BAF-NECR16L2CAG-NECR16L2DAG-NECR16L2LAG-N

*******

E101D10Q3AE101D10Q3AE101D10E3AE101D10B3AE101D10C3AE101D10D3AE101D10L3A


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——6075

150150100

24V DC 200A ECR16P1QAH-RECR16P1QAJ-RECR16P1EAH-RECR16P1BAH-RECR16P1CAJ-RECR16P1DAJ-RECR16P1LAJ-R

*******

ECR16P2QAH-RECR16P2QAJ-RECR16P2EAH-RECR16P2BAH-RECR16P2CAJ-RECR16P2DAJ-RECR16P2LAJ-R

*******

E101E20Q3AE101E20Q3AE101E20E3AE101E20B3AE101E20C3AE101E20D3AE101E20L3A


June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedCombination Starters — Fusible and Non-fusibleVol. 2, Ref. No. [0301]

Table 34-50. Class ECR16 — IT. IEC Fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing (Continued)

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECR16P4QAB. To order Type 4X



Type 12 IT. IEC Fusible Combination Starter

MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �


Type 4X �3-Pole Type 12


Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

337-1/27-1/25


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

7-1/210202015


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——1515303025


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——3030757550


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——6075

150150100


*******


*******



June 2005

34-38



34


Table 34-51. Class ECR16-NF — IT. IEC Non-fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing



MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �


Type 13-PoleType 3R


Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25

24V DC 30A ECR16A1QAA-JECR16A1EAA-JECR16A1BAA-JECR16A1CAA-JECR16A1DAA-JECR16A1LAA-J

******

ECR16A2QAA-JECR16A2EAA-JECR16A2BAA-JECR16A2CAA-JECR16A2DAA-JECR16A2LAA-J

******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015

24V DC 30A ECR16F1QAA-JECR16F1EAA-JECR16F1BAB-JECR16F1CAA-JECR16F1DAA-JECR16F1LAA-J

******

ECR16F2QAA-JECR16F2EAA-JECR16F2BAB-JECR16F2CAA-JECR16F2DAA-JECR16F2LAA-J

******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025

24V DC 60A ECR16H1QAA-LECR16H1EAA-LECR16H1BAA-LECR16H1CAA-LECR16H1DAA-LECR16H1LAA-L

******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550

24V DC 100A ECR16L1QAA-NECR16L1EAA-NECR16L1BAA-NECR16L1CAA-NECR16L1DAA-NECR16L1LAA-N

******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100

24V DC 200A ECR16P1QAA-RECR16P1EAA-RECR16P1BAB-RECR16P1CAA-RECR16P1DAA-RECR16P1LAA-R

******

ECR16P2QAA-RECR16P2EAA-RECR16P2BAB-RECR16P2CAA-RECR16P2DAA-RECR16P2LAA-R

******



June 2005



34


Table 34-51. Class ECR16-NF — IT. IEC Non-fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing (Continued)




MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �


Type 4X �3-PoleType 12


Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100


******


******



June 2005

34-40



34


Table 34-52. Class ECR17 — IT. IEC Fusible Combination Starters — Reversing



MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �


Type 13-PoleType 3R


Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

337-1/27-1/25


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

7-1/210202015


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——1515303025


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——3030757550


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——6075

150150100


*******


*******



June 2005



34


Table 34-52. Class ECR17 — IT. IEC Fusible Combination Starters — Reversing (Continued)

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECR17P4QAB. To order Type 4X



MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �




Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

337-1/27-1/25


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——

7-1/210202015


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——1515303025


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——3030757550


*******


*******



——200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

——6075

150150100


*******


*******



June 2005

34-42



34


Table 34-53. Class ECR17-NF — IT. IEC Non-fusible Combination Starters — Reversing



MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �


Type 13-PoleType 3R


Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100


******


******



June 2005



34


Table 34-53. Class ECR17-NF — IT. IEC Non-fusible Combination Starters — Reversing (Continued)




MotorVoltage

Max.hp

Coil �




Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—337-1/27-1/25


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—7-1/2

10202015


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—1515303025


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—3030757550


******


******



—200/208230/240460/480575/600380/50 Hz

—6075

150150100


******


******



June 2005

34-44



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedCombination Starters — HMCP or HMCPE Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0308]

Product SelectionTable 34-54. Class ECR22 — IT. IEC Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Non-reversing


horsepower and overload range choices. *Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage

Max. hp

MagnetCoilVoltage �

CircuitBreakerType

3-Pole Type 1General Purpose

3-Pole Type 3RRainproof


CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


200230460575/600

337-1/27-1/2

24V DC HMCPE 15A ECR22A1EAF-JECR22A1BAF-JECR22A1CAF-JECR22A1DAF-J

****

ECR22A2EAF-JECR22A2BAF-JECR22A2CAF-JECR22A2DAF-J

****

E111A12E3NE111A12B3NE111A12C3NE111A12D3N


200230460575/600

7-1/2102020

24V DC HMCPE 30A ECR22F1EAF-JECR22F1BAF-JECR22F1CAF-JECR22F1DAF-J

****

ECR22F2EAF-JECR22F2BAF-JECR22F2CAF-JECR22F2DAF-J

****

E111B32E3NE111B32B3NE111B32C3NE111B32D3N


200 15 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECR22H1EAC-LECR22H1EAD-LECR22H1EAE-LECR22H1EAF-L

****

ECR22H2EAC-LECR22H2EAD-LECR22H2EAE-LECR22H2EAF-L

****

E111C50E3N

230460575/600

153030

24V DC HMCPE 50A ECR22H1BAC-LECR22H1CAE-LECR22H1DAE-L

***

ECR22H2BAC-LECR22H2CAE-LECR22H2DAE-L

***

E111C50B3NE111C50C3NE111C50D3N


200230460575/600

30307575

24V DC HMCPE 100A ECR22L1EAF-NECR22L1BAW-NECR22L1CAF-NECR22L1DAF-N

****

ECR22L2EAF-NECR22L2BAW-NECR22L2CAF-NECR22L2DAF-N

****

E111D10E3NE111D10B3NE111D10C3NE111D10D3N


200 60 24V DC HMCPE 200A ECR22P1EAG-RECR22P1EAX-R

**

ECR22P2EAG-RECR22P2EAX-R

**

E111E20E3N

575/600 60 24V DC HMCPE 200A ECR22P1DAJ-R * ECR22P2DAJ-R * E111E20D3N


June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedCombination Starters — HMCP or HMCPEVol. 2, Ref. No. [0309]

Product SelectionTable 34-54. Class ECR22 — IT. IEC Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Continued)

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECR22P4EAG. To order Type 4X


horsepower and overload range choices. *Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Type 12 IT. IEC Starter with HMCPE

MotorVoltage

Max. hp

MagnetCoilVoltage �

CircuitBreakerType

3-Pole Type 4X �

Watertight3-Pole Type 12Dust-Tight


CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


200230460575/600

337-1/27-1/2


****


****



200230460575/600

7-1/2102020


****


****




****


****

E111C50E3N

230460575/600

153030


***


***



200230460575/600

30307575


****


****




**


**

E111E20E3N



June 2005

34-46



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedCombination Starters — HMCP or HMCPE Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0310]

Table 34-55. Class ECR23 — IT. IEC Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Reversing

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. � The eleventh position of the Catalog Numbers is the Solid-State Overload Range Code referred to in Table 34-45.� For each Frame Size, enclosed starters with lower Amp Ratings are available. Contactor your Eaton Representative for component starters and their


MotorVoltage

Max. hp

MagnetCoilVoltage�

Circuit BreakerType

3-Pole Type 1 General Purpose

3-Pole Type 3R Rainproof


CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


200230460575/600

337-1/27-1/2


****


****



200230460575/600

7-1/2102020


****


****




****


****

E511C50E3N

230460575/600

153030


***


***



200230460575/600

30307575


****


****




**


**

E511E20E3N



June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedCombination Starters — HMCP or HMCPEVol. 2, Ref. No. [0311]

Table 34-55. Class ECR23 — IT. IEC Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Reversing (Continued)

� All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source. � These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECR23P4EAG. To order Type 4X



MotorVoltage

Max. hp

MagnetCoilVoltage�

Circuit BreakerType

3-Pole Type 4X �

Watertight3-Pole Type 12 Dust-Tight


CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


200230460575/600

337-1/27-1/2


****


****



200230460575/600

7-1/2102020


****


****




****


****

E511C50E3N

230460575/600

153030


***


***



200230460575/600

30307575


****


****




**


**

E511E20E3N



June 2005

34-48



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedWiring Diagrams Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0312]

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 34-20. IT. Combination Starter with CPT and Power Supply

Figure 34-21. IT. Combination Starter with Power Supply

CustomerControlDevice

(+)

2

1

(+

–

P

+

–

+Alarm

Reset

Forward

Permissive

24V DC

Terminal Board

F

1

=M

2

3

(+)

2

Reset

4

Fuse

Ground

Fuse(2)

X2

L1

L11

L2

L12

X1

Terminal Block

Motor

M

L1

L2

L3

Ø1

Ø2

Ø3

Ø1

Ø2

Ø3

(If Used)

CircuitBreaker

IT./EM

(–)

L1Power Supply

120V AC - 24V DC

L2

Reset4

(–) –

CustomerControlDevice 2

1 P

(+)

(+

(+)

+

–

+Alarm

Reset

Forward

Permissive

24V DC

Terminal Board

F

1

=M

2

3

12

Terminal Block

Motor

M

L1

L1Power Supply

480V AC - 24V DC

L2

L2

L3

Ø1

Ø2

Ø3

Ø1

Ø2

Ø3

(If Used)

CircuitBreaker

/EM

June 2005



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedModification CodesVol. 2, Ref. No. [0313]

Modification Codes Table 34-56. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays, Autotransformers

� Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT. Starters.� Consult Eaton.� Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in Box 1

(Type 1).� Not available for IT. Starters.

Table 34-56. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays, Autotransformers (Continued)

� Not available for IT. Starters.

Table 34-57. B — Breaker Modifications, Backspin Timer,Undervoltage Release, Bell Alarm, Bus Choke

� A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA. The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage unbalance or transients.

� Consult Eaton.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Modification CatalogNumberSuffix

Description AdderU.S. $

Ammeter � A1 Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in Line 1, Type 1, 12

*

Panel Type Wired to Current Transformer in Line 1, Type 3R, 4X

*

A2 Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch, Type 1, 12

*

Panel Type, Selector Switch and 3 Current Transformers Wired to Ammeter via Switch, Type 3R, 4X

*

A3 Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 *

A4 Miniature with Selector Switch, Type 1, 12 *

A5 Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 *

Switchboard (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X *

A6 Switchboard with Selector Switch, Type 1, 12

*

Switchboard with Selector Switch, Type 3R, 4X

*

A7 3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12 *

3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), Type 3R, 4X *

A10 3 Miniature (Single-Phase), Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

*

A11 3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase), Type 1, 12

*

3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase),Type 3R, 4X

*

A12 Ammeter Order by Description, Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

�

Auto-transformers

A8 hp Rating selection, see Enclosed Control Product Guide

*

A9 Order by Description *

Top Mounted AuxiliaryContacts � �(Unwired)

Type Sizes 00 – 2 only(Unwired)

IEC SizesA – K Only(Unwired)Freedom Series

A13 1NO *

A14 1NC *

A15 1NO-1NC *

A16 2NO *

A17 2NC *

A18 2NO-1NC *

A19 1NO-2NC *

A20 3NO *

A21 3NC *

A22 3NO-1NC *

A23 2NO-2NC *

A24 1NO-3NC *

A25 4NO *

A26 4NC *

Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts Freedom Series

A27 1NO *

A28 1NC *

A29 1NO-1NC *

A30 2NO *

A31 2NC *

A32 2NO-1NC *

A33 1NO-2NC *

A34 3NO *



Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts Freedom Series, continued

A35 3NC *

A36 3NO-1NC *

A37 2NO-2NC *

A38 1NO-3NC *

A39 4NO *

A40 4NC *

Auxiliary Contacts �

A42 Contacts Mounted on Operating Mecha-nism of Disconnect Switch, 1NO-1NC

*

A43 Contacts Mounted on Operating Mecha-nism of Disconnect Switch, 2NO-2NC

*

A44 With Auxiliary Contact Omitted *

Accelerating Relay

A46 For 2-Speed *

A47 2NO/2NC 24V DC Auxiliary Relay — IT. Only

*



Breaker B1 1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contact on Breaker *

B2 2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts on Breaker *

B3 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker — 48 – 127V AC or DC

*

B4 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —9 – 24V AC or DC

*

B5 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —208 – 380V AC

*

B6 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —415 – 600V AC or 220 – 250V DC

*

B8 Undervoltage Release for Breaker *

B9 Current Limiter Mounted to Breaker *

B10 Breaker — Order by Description �

B11 Thermal Magnetic Breaker *

Backspin Timer

B12 180 Seconds *

Undervoltage Release

B13 Undervoltage Release for Circuit Breaker — 208 – 240V AC

*


*


*

Bell Alarm B16 Bell Alarm for Circuit Breaker *

Bus Choke(MVX)

B20 DC Bus Choke, Open Core and Coil � �

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-50



34

IT. Electro-Mechanical — EnclosedModification Codes Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0314]

Table 34-58. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors

� Not available for IT. Starters.� Consult Eaton.

Table 34-58. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)

� Not available for IT. Starters.� Consult Eaton.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.



Control PowerTransformers

Make sure 8th character specifies primary/secondaryvoltage. SeePage 33-101.

C1 Standard Size Control Transformer, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *

C2 Standard Size Control Transformer,24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *

C42 50 VA Extra Capacity CPT 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz with 2 Primary and1 Secondary

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *

C3 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *

C4 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *


00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *

C6 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *


00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *


00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

6 – 9—

* * * * * *

C9 1 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

*

C10 2 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse

*

C11 Control Transformer — Order by Description �

C34 CPT with Power Supply for IT. *



Power Supplies (IT. Only)

C27 Separate Control 120V AC to 24V DC *

C28 Power Supply with Extra Capacity — Order by Description

�

Control Relays

C12 4-Pole Interposing Relay, 600V (2NO/2NC)

*

C13 Run Relay, 24V DC (MVX) *

C14 � 4-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 2NO-2NC

*

C15 � 8-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 4NO-4NC

*

C16 Control Relay — Order by Description

�

C20 � 2-Wire Control Relay for Mechanical/Magnetic Lighting Contactors

*

Cover Control

C17 � Convert Position 7 to E30 Type Cover Control

*

C19 � Lock-Off Attachment Added on Cover Control

�

Current Trans-former(s)

C21 In Phase 1 *

C22 In Phases 1 and 2 *

C23 In 3 Phases *

CompellingRelay

C25 � — *

ControlWiring

C26 Omit Control Wiring N/C

C30 � With Separate Control Wiring and Two 250V Fuses in Holder

*

C31 � With Common Control Wiring and Two 600V (Class C) Fuses in Holder

*

C33 Control Wiring Type — Order by Description

�

Control CircuitBreaker

C32 � Order by Description �

SeparateControl

C35 Wired for Separate Control (Reduced Voltage)

*

CustomerSuppliedComponents

C36 Customer Supplied Components to Be Installed

�

C37 Customer Supplied Wiring Diagram to Use

�


June 2005



34


Table 34-58. C — Control Power Transformer, IT. Power Supplies, Control Relays, Cover Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)

� Not available for IT. Starters.� Includes CPT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary Contacts and

Control Relay.� Consult Eaton.

Table 34-59. D — Device Labels, Deceleration Relay, Drain and Breather, DeviceNet, Duplex Modifications




Contactor/Starter

C40 � Contactor/Starter — Order by Description

�

Counter C41 � Operations Counter *

E-Stop Relay C43 � E-Stop Relay (DeviceNet) *

DC/AC Interface

C44 � DC/AC Interface Module �

SeparateSource Disconnect

C45 � IEC Separate Source Disconnect for Control Circuitry

�

Bypass Contactorsfor IT./MVXStarters (MVX: 1/2 to 5 hp Only)

C46/J1 Isolation Contactor

MVX 37A 66A 105 – 135A

* * * *

80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A

* * * *

C46/J2 Output Contactor

MVX 37A 66A 105 – 135A

* * * *

80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A

* * * *

C46/J3 Bypass Contactor

MVX 37A 66A 105 – 135A

* * * *

80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A

* * * *

C46/J4 Isolation/Output/Bypass Contactor

MVX 37A 66A 105 – 135A

* * * *

80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A

* * * *

C46/J5 3-Contactor Bypass Pkg. for MVX � *



Device Labels D1 (each label) *

Decel. Relay � D2 2-Speed *

Drain andBreather(Type 7/9 Enclosure) �

D5 Drain and Breather *

D6 Drain OnlyBreather Only

*

D7 *

DeviceNet D8 DSNAP *

D9 DN65 *

DuplexModifications

D12 Alternator Omitted (Deduct Price) *

D14 START/STOP Pushbuttons — Sup-plied for Each Motor

*

D15 HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch — Supplied for Each Motor

*

D16 No. 1 Lead - No. 2 Lead Selector Switch for Manual Selection of Lead Pump (Alternator is Omitted)

*

D17 Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied for Each Motor

*

D18 Push-to-Test Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied for Each Motor

*

D19 TEST Pushbutton for Each Motor *

D20 CPT, 120V Secondary, 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for Ea. Motor

00 – 1 2 3 4 – 9

* * * *

D21 CPT w/100VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec., 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for Each Motor

00 – 1 2 3 4 – 9

* * * *

D22 CPT w/200VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec., 2 Pri. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for Each Motor

00 – 1 2 3 4 – 9

* * * *

D23 CPT for Duplex — Order by Description

�

D24 Add 2 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices

*

D25 Add 3 Relays to Modify Controller to Operate w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices

*

D26 Green — OFF for each starter *

D27 Green — Push-to-Test OFF for ea. starter

*

D28 Green RUN Light *

D29 Red STOP Light *

D30 P-T-T green RUN Light *

D31 P-T-T red STOP Light *

D32 Elapsed Time Meter *


June 2005

34-52



34


Table 34-60. E — Enclosure Modifications, Elapsed Time Meter, Duplex Outlet, Starter


Table 34-61. F — Fuse Clips, Fuse Blocks, Fungus Protection, Fingerproof Covers, EMI Filter

� The EMI filter is not necessary to meet the CE mark requirements for EMC when installing the MVX in an EC country.

� Consult Eaton.

Table 34-62. G — Ground Fault Relay, Grounding

� Consult Eaton.

Table 34-63. H — Heater (Space), Heater Packs Installed




EnclosureModifications

E3 Oversize Enclosure *

E4 Enclosure — Order by Description �

E5 Enclosure w/Pole Mounting Hardware �

E7 Service Entrance Rating with Ground/Neutral for Lighting Contactors (30 – 200A)

*

E65K 65K AIC Rated Explosion Proof Enclosure �

E8 Service Entrance Rating w/Ground Bar *

E11 Safety Door Interlock *

Elapsed Time Meter

E9 Wired Across Coil, Type 1, 12 *

Wired Across Coil, Type 3R, 4X *

E10 Elapsed Time Meter — Order by Description

�

Duplex Outlet E12 Convenience Duplex Outlet Mounted in Side of Enclosure

*

Starter � E13 Horizontal Combination Starter, Size 0 – 2

*

E14 Narrow Combination Starter, Size 0 – 2 *



Fuse Clips F1 Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class J

00 – 1A – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5P – S

* * * * *

F2 Change Fuse Clips in Position 8 to Class H & K (30 & 60 Ampere Only)

*

Fuse Blocks F4 Power Fuses Included — Order byDescription

�

F5 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder (KTK) Mounted on Panel (Unwired), Fuse Not Supplied

*

F6 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder Mounted on Panel (Unwired), FNQR Fuse Supplied

*

F7 3-Pole Power Fuseholder Mounted on Front Contactor

*

F8 Separate Fusing of Control Power Supply — IT.

*

F10 Blown Fuse Indicator (Not for PFC) *

F21 Class CC Fuses �

EMI Filter(MVX)

F22 3-Phase �

240V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ * * * * *

480V — 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ — * * * *

F23 1-Phase �

240V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp

U.S. $ * * * *



Ground Fault Relay

G1 Ground Fault Relay (Wired) *

G3 Ground Fault Relay (Unwired) *

Grounding G5 Special Grounding — Order by Description

�

Modification Cat.No.Suffix


SpaceHeater

H1 Space Heater and Thermostat

00 – 1A – H37A

2J – K

66 – 105AMVX

3L – M135A

* * *

4N

180A

5P – S

240 – 304A

6 – 9—

360 – 850A

* * *

H2 Space Heater and NC Interlock

00 – 1A – H37A

2J – K

66 – 105AMVX

3L – M135A

* * *

4N

180A

5P – S

240 – 304A

6 – 9—

360 – 850A

* * *

Install HeaterPacks (FreedomSeries)

H5 Class 20 Class 10 *

/D1 H2001B-3/D2 H2002B-3/D3 H2003B-3/D4 H2004B-3/D5 H2005B-3





/D35 H2111B-3/D36 H2112B-3/D37 H2113B-3/D38 H2114B-3/D39 H2115-3

/D16 H2016B-3/D17 H2017B-3/D18 H2018-3/D19 H2019-3/D20 H2020-3

/D40 H2116-3/D41 H2117-3

/D21 H2021-3/D22 H2022-3/D23 H2023-3/D24 H2024-3


June 2005



34


Table 34-64. K — MVX Keypad

Table 34-65. L — Lightning Arrestor, Lugs, Labels, Line and Load Reactors, Lighting Contactors

� If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce line current harmonics.

� The output line DV/DT filter is required when the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 33 feet (10m). The total cable run should not exceed 165 feet (50m).

� Consult Eaton.

Table 34-65. L — Lightning Arrestor, Lugs, Labels, Line and Load Reactors, Lighting Contactors (Continued)

Table 34-66. M — Solid-State Controllers

Table 34-67. N — Nameplates




Keypad(MVX)

K1 Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 1 and 12)

*

K2 Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 3R) *

K3 AFD Copy Keypad (mounted on drive) *

K4 Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 1 and 12)

*

K5 Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 3R)

*



Lighting Arrestor

L3 Installed on Panel *

Lugs L9 Special Lugs — Order by Description *

Carton Label L10 Customer Marking — Specify �

LineReactors(MVX)

L12 3% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core and Coil �

240V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ * * * * *

480V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ * * * * *


480V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp

U.S. $ * * * *


240V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ * * * * *

480V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ * * * * *


480V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp

U.S. $ * * * *

L16 Line Reactor — Order by Description �

LoadReactors(MVX)

L17 Output Line DV/DT Filter, Open Core and Coil �

480V 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp

U.S. $ * * * * *

L18 Load Reactor — Order by Description �



Lighting Contactors

L21 1 NC Pole *

L22 2 NC Pole *

L23 3 NC Pole *

L24 4 NC Pole *

L25 5 NC Pole *

L26 6 NC Pole *

L27 7 NC Pole *

L28 8 NC Pole *

L29A 3-Wire 120V AC *

L29B 3-Wire 240V AC *

L29C 3-Wire 24V AC *

L29D 3-Wire 24V DC *

L29E 2-Wire 120V AC *

L29F 2-Wire 240V AC *

L29G 2-Wire 24V AC *



Solid-State Controller

M1 S701 3.5A Solid-State Controller *

M2 S701 15A Solid-State Controller *

M3 S701 25 Solid-State Controller *

M4 S701 25A with DB Solid-State Controller *

M5 Torque Limiter 15A *

M6 Torque Limiter 25A *



Nameplates N1 Enclosure Nameplates *


June 2005

34-54



34


Table 34-68. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell


Table 34-68. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Power Factor Correction Capacitors, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell (Continued)




Push-to-TestPilot Lights

P1 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN)Wired to Coil

*

P2 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF)Wired in Series with Auxiliary Contact

*

P3 Combination of P1 and P2 Above *

P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN)Wired to Coil

*

P49 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN) *

P54 � Push-to-Test Pilot Light — RedBYPASS (MVX)

*

P55 � Push-to-Test Pilot Light — AmberINVERTER ENABLE (MVX)

*

P56 � Push-to-Test Pilot Light — RedINVERTER RUNNING (MVX)

*

P57 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Green STOP *

Pushbuttons P5 EMERGENCY STOP — MushroomHead

*

P6 � Pushbutton Omitted *

P7 START/STOP *

P8 ON/OFF *

P9 START *

P10 ON *

P11 OFF *

P12 � FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP *

P13 � FAST/SLOW/STOP *

P14 � FAST/OFF/SLOW *

P15 � HIGH/LOW/STOP *

P16 � HIGH/LOW *

P17 � SLOW/FAST *

P18 � Pushbutton with Legend Plate *

P52 UP/STOP/DOWN *

P53 OPEN/STOP/CLOSE *

P73 START/STOP Pushbuttons Located in Top 2 Holes

*

Pilot Lights P19 With 1 Amber Pilot Light MarkedPOWER AVAILABLE Wired to LoadSide of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker

*

P20 Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil *

P21 � With 1 Red Pilot Light Marked RUNWired thru NO Auxiliary Contact

*

P22 � With 1 Push-to-Test Red Light MarkedRUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact

*

P23 Pilot Light — Red RUN *

P24 Pilot Light — Red ON *

P25 Pilot Light — Green OFF *

P26 Pilot Light — Order by Description �

P29 Pilot Light — Red STOP *



Pilot Lights(Continued)

P58 Pilot Light — Red BYPASS (MVX) *

P59 � Pilot Light — Amber INVERTER ENABLE (MVX)

*

P60 � Pilot Light — Red INVERTER RUNNING (MVX)

*

P61 Pilot Light — Green STOP *

P62 � FORWARD/REVERSE Red Pilot Lights *

P63 � UP/DOWN Red Pilot Lights *

P64 � OPEN/CLOSE Red Pilot Lights *

P65 � HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights *

P66 � FAST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights *

P67 Green RUN Light *

P68 LED Bulbs *

P69 Blue OVERLOAD Light *

Illuminated Pushbutton

P27 Illuminated Pushbutton — Order by Description

�

Phase Loss Relay

P28 Phase Loss Relay *

Phase Reversal Relay

P30 Phase Reversal Relay *

Phase UnbalanceRelay

P32 Phase Unbalance Relay *

Phase MonitoringRelay

P34 Phase Monitoring Relay *

Power Factor Correction Capacitors

P38 /F1 20KVAR/F2 25KVAR/F3 30KVAR/F4 35KVAR/F5 40KVAR/F6 45KVAR/F7 50KVAR/F8 60KVAR

/F9 70KVAR/F10 75KVAR/F11 80KVAR/F12 90KVAR/F13 100KVAR/F14 125KVAR/F15 150KVAR/F16 175KVAR

/F17 200KVAR/F18 225KVAR/F19 250KVAR/F20 300KVAR/F21 350KVAR/F22 400KVAR

*

PotentialTrans-formers

P39 � Potential Transformer — Wired L1 – L2 *

P40 � Potential Transformer — Wired L1– L2 and L2 – L3

*

P41 � Potential Transformer — 3 Phases *

PumpController

P42 Pump Controller for IT. *

ProgramTimers

P43 15-Minute Program Timer *

P44 24-Hour Program Timer *

P45 7-Day Program Timer with Day Omission Feature

*

PercentageTimers

P47 15-Minute Percentage Timer *

P48 60-Minute Percentage Timer *

Photocell P70 � Photoelectric Receptacle with Photocell *


June 2005



34


Table 34-69. Q — IQ Products, DN50


Table 34-70. R — Ramp, Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, DeviceNet Interface


Table 34-70. R — Ramp, Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, DeviceNet Interface (Continued)

� Not available for IT. Starters.� Features:

• Self-Powered• Phase Loss Protection• Current Adjustment Knob• ± 1% Repeat Accuracy• 1NO and 1NC Isolated Contacts

� Complete Modification Code includes reset code. Example R52/G102.� Consult Eaton. *Please contact your local Eaton sales office.



IQ Products Q14 IQ 220 with cable *

Q1 IQ 500 *

Q3 MP3000 *

Q5 IQ 4000 *

IQ Data MeteringModule

Q12 � IQ Data Metering Module *

Q14 IQ 220 with Cable *

DN50 Q13 � DeviceNet Input/Output Module *



Ramp R1 Extended Ramp of IT. *

Relay � R2 Overvoltage Relay *

R4 Omit Overload Relay (Deduct Price) *

00 – 0A – F

1G – H

2J – K

3L – M

4N

5 – 9P – S

-30. -30. -54. -90. -138. -504.

R7 Overload Relay — Order by Description �

Fixed Heater Overload Relay

R8 C316FNA3C .25 – .40A *

R9 C316FNA3D .40 – .63A *

R10 C316FNA3E .63 – 1.00A *

R11 C316FNA3F 1.00 – 1.40A *

R12 C316FNA3G 1.30 – 1.80A *

R13 C316FNA3H 1.70 – 2.40A *

R14 C316FNA3J 2.20 – 3.10A *

R15 C316FNA3K 2.80 – 4.00A *

R16 C316FNA3L 3.50 – 5.00A *

R17 C316FNA3M 4.50 – 6.50A *

R18 C316FNA3N 6.00 – 8.50A *

R19 C316FNA3P 7.50 – 11.00A *

R20 C316FNA3Q 10.00 – 14.00A *

R21 C316FNA3R 13.00 – 19.00A *

R22 C316FNA3S 18.00 – 24.00A *

R23 C316FNA3T 24.00 – 32.00A *

R24 C316KNA3A 18.00 – 25.00A *

R25 C316KNA3B 22.00 – 32.00A *

R26 C316KNA3C 29.00 – 42.00A *

R27 C316KNA3D 36.00 – 52.00A *

R28 C316KNA3E 45.00 – 63.00A *

R29 C316KNA3F 60.00 – 80.00A *

R30 C316PNA3A 65.00 – 90.00A *

R31 C316PNA3B 80.00 – 100.00A *

R32 C316PNA3C 100.00 – 135.00A *

R33 C316PNA3D 110.00 – 150.00A *

R34 C316PNA3E 130.00 – 175.00A *

R35 C316PNA3F 150.00 – 200.00A *

R36 C316SNA3A 130.00 – 185.00A *

R37 C316SNA3B 165.00 – 235.00A *

R38 C316SNA3C 220.00 – 310.00A *

R39 C316SNA3D 285.00 – 400.00A *



Fixed Heater Overload Relay, continued

R40 C316UNA3A 355.00 – 500.00A *

R41 C316UNA3B 465.00 – 650.00A *

R42 C316UNA3C 610.00 – 850.00A *

R43 Fixed Heater Overload Relay — Order byDescription

�

R55 C316FNA3F w/Current Trans.

60.00 – 84.00 FLA *

R56 C316FNA3G w/Current Trans.

78.00 – 108.00 FLA *

R57 C316FNA3H w/Current Trans.

102.00 – 144.00 FLA *

R58 C316FNA3J w/Current Trans.

132.00 – 186.00 FLA *

R59 C316FNA3K w/Current Trans-former

168.00 – 240.00 FLA *

R60 C316FNA3L w/Current Trans-former

210.00 – 310.00 FLA *

Electronic Relay �

IEC Frame

NEMASize

Full Load Current Adjust-ment Range (A)

3-Phase Manual Reset Overload

3-Phase Automatic/Manual Reset

Class10

Class20

Class10

Class20

AAAA

00 0.1 – 0.30.3 – 1.01.0 – 2.91.6 – 5.0

G101G102G103G104

G81G82G83G84

G141G142G143G144

G121G122G123G124

A,B,C 3.7 – 12 G105 G85 G145 G125

AAAA

0 & 1 0.1 – 0.30.3 – 1.01.0 – 2.91.6 – 5.0

G101G102G103G104

G81G82G83G84

G141G142G143G144

G121G122G123G124

A,B,C 3.7 – 12 G105 G85 G145 G125

D,E 12 – 32 G106 G86 G146 G126

D,E,F,H 2 12 – 37 G107 G87 G147 G127

G,H 14 – 45 G108 G88 G148 G128

G,H,J,K,L 3 26 – 85 G109 G89 G149 G129

M,N,L 4 57 – 180 G112 G92 G152 G132

N/A 5 96 – 300 G104 G84 G144 G124

N/A 6 192 – 600 G104 G84 G144 G124

Catalog Number Suffix ➟ � R52_ R50_ R53_ R51_

Adder U.S. $ * * * *

Resets � R5 Change External Reset to Internal Reset — Hole Covered with Plug

N/C

R6 Internal Reset — No Hole Plug N/C

R44 Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay *

R45 Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay *

R71 N3R Reset Boot Added (Type 1/12 Only) *

Reversing � R54 Reversing Contactor/Starter �

DeviceNet Interface

R69 DeviceNet Interface �


June 2005

34-56



34


Table 34-71. S — System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor, Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Surge Capacitor, Speed Potentiometer

� When using 3-position selector switch with magnetic lighting contactor, mod C20 must also be used (ECL04, ECL13, ECL15).


Table 34-71. S — System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor, Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Surge Capacitor, Speed Potentiometer (Continued)

� Not available for IT. Starters.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.



System Voltage Selection

S1 System Voltage Selection for Internal Components

N/C

/H1 208V 60 Hz/H2 240V 60 Hz/H3 277V 60 Hz, 1-Ph/H4 480V 60 Hz/H5 600V 60 Hz/H6 796V 60 Hz/H7 220V 50 Hz/H8 380V 50 Hz/H9 415V 50 Hz/H10 550V 50 Hz/H11 660V 50 Hz/H12 380V 60 Hz/H13 1500V 60 Hz

S2 System Voltage Selection — Specify on Order

N/C

Selector Switches �

S3 HAND/OFF/AUTO *S4 HAND/AUTO *S5 HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch

with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light*

S6 RUN/OFF/AUTO *S7 AUTO/OFF/TEST *S8 AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch

with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light*

S9 AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light and 1 Green Pilot Light

*

S10 OFF/AUTO *S11 START/STOP *S12 OFF/ON *S13 � HIGH/LOW *S14 � FAST/OFF/SLOW *S15 � SLOW/FAST *S16 � FORWARD/REVERSE *S17 � HIGH/OFF/LOW *S18 � HIGH/LOW/OFF/AUTO *S21 HAND/OFF/AUTO Spring Return from

Left*

S38 � INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (MVX) *S41 � OPEN/OFF/CLOSE *S42 � FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE *S43 � FAST/OFF/SLOW/AUTO *S45 LOCAL/REMOTE *S46 RUN/OFF *S19 � Selector Switch Omitted (Pump Panels Only) *S40 Selector Switch — Order by Description �

Suppressor S24 � Transient Suppressor Mountedon Magnet Coil

*



SurgeSuppression

S20 MOV (IT.) *

Sequence Timer

S26 � Sequence Timer (Pump Panels) *

Sequence Protection

S27 � Incomplete Sequence Protection *

Pump S28 480V BP9000 Pump *Single Phase �

S29 Convert Contactor or Starter from Three-Phase to Single-Phase — Install Jumper

*

S30 Single-Phase Rev. 120V *S31 Single-Phase Rev. 240V *

SurgeCapacitor

S37 � Surge Capacitor Wired to Disconnect Line Side

*

Speed Potentiometer

S39 � Speed Potentiometer (MVX) *


June 2005



34


Table 34-72. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal Points, Ring Lug Connections


Table 34-72. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks, Terminal Points, Ring Lug Connections (Continued)




Timers T1 � Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor, Unwired, 30 Sec. Max.

*

T2 � Pneumatic Timer Installed on Contactor, Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.

*

T3 Pneumatic Timer Mounted in Enclosure, Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.

*

T25 Timer — Order by Description �

Time DelayRelays

T6 Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum, Unwired, ON DELAY

*

T7 Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes Maximum, Unwired, OFF DELAY

*

T8 Time Delay Low Voltage Release Relay *

TerminalBlocks

T9 With 1 Single Circuit Terminal Block, Unwired

*

T10 With 2 Single Circuit Terminal Block, Unwired

*

T24 � Power Terminal Block for DeviceNet Overload

*

TerminalPoints

T11 With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired *



T14 Terminal Point per Customer Specifica-tion, Unwired (Price Each)

*

T15 Terminal Point per Customer Specifica-tion, Wired (Price Each)

*

T21 � 3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor and Overload for Power Factor Capacitors — Sizes 0 – 2

*

T22 � 3 Terminals Mounted Between Contactor and Overload for Power Factor Capaci-tors — Sizes 3 – 4

*

T23 � Quick-Connect Terminals Added to DP Contactor/Starter

*

Ring LugConnectors

T16 Ring Lug Connections on Power Wires *

T17 � Ring Lug Connections on Control Wires �

IT./EM T30 Reset Only *

T31 STOP with Reset *

T32 START/STOP with Reset *

T33A HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC *

T33D HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC *

T34 ON/OFF *

T40 Reset Only (DeviceNet) *

T41 STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) *

T42 START/STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) *

T43A HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 120V AC (DeviceNet)

*

T43D HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 24V DC (DeviceNet)

*

T44 ON/OFF *

T50 Reset Only *

T51 STOP with Reset *

T52 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset *

T53A FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 120V AC

*

T53D FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 24V DC

*

T54 ON/OFF *



IT./EM, continued

T60 Reset Only (DeviceNet) *

T61 STOP with Reset (DeviceNet) *

T62 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset (DeviceNet)

*

T63A FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 120V AC (DeviceNet)

*

T63D FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset 24V DC (DeviceNet)

*

T64 ON/OFF *

T70 Reset Only *

T71 START/STOP with Reset *

T72 HAND/OFF/AUTO – START with Reset *

T73 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset *

T74 HAND/OFF/AUTO – FORWARD/REVERSE with Reset

*

T75 ON/OFF with Reset *

T76 FAST/SLOW/STOP with Reset *

T77 HAND/OFF/AUTO – FAST/SLOW with Reset

*


June 2005

34-58



34


Table 34-73. U — Undervoltage Relay, Time Delay Undervoltage Relay


Table 34-74. V — Voltmeter

� Type 1/12 only.� Consult Eaton.

Table 34-75. W — Wattmeter, Watt-Hour Meter, Wiremarkers, Wiring Diagram

� Type 1/12 only.� Consult Eaton.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.



Undervolt-age Relays

U2 Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable *

Time Delay Undervolt-age Relays

U4 � Time Delay Undervoltage Relay,Non-adjustable

*

U5 Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable

*

Under- and Overvoltage Relay

U7 Under- and Overvoltage Relay *



Voltmeters V1 1 Panel Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2 *

V2 Panel Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltages

*

V3 � Miniature Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2 *

V4 � Miniature Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltages

*

V5 Switchboard Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2

*

V6 � Switchboard Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltage

*

V7 3 Panel Type Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase

*

V8 � 3 Miniature Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase

*

V9 3 Switchboard Type Voltmeters Wired in Each Phase

*

V10 Voltmeter — Order by Description �



Wattmeter � W1 Wattmeter *

Watt-Hour Meter �

W5 Watt-Hour Meter with Demand Attachment

*

Wiremarkers W7 Wiremarkers *

W8 Wiremarkers — Order per Customer Diagram or Specifications

�

W9 Wiremarkers — Order by Description �

WYE-Delta hp

W10 See Enclosed Control Product Guide *

Wiring Diagram

W12 Reduced Copy of Custom Wiring Diagram Laminated on Inside of Door

*


June 2005



34

Miniature ControlsProduct Family OverviewVol. 2, Ref. No. [0323]




Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-59

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 34-59

Instructional Leaflets . . . . . 34-59

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-60

Contactors — Non-reversing andReversing

Contactors with Screw Pressure Terminals . . . . . 34-61

Contactors with Quick Connect Terminals. . . . . . 34-62

Contactors with Solder Pin Terminals . . . . . . . . . . 34-63

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-64

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts Front and Side Mounted. . . . . . 34-67

Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . 34-68

ID Markers, Reversing Connection Links and Surge Suppressors . . . . . 34-69

Terminal Markings . . . . . . . . . 34-69

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-71

Product DescriptionEaton offers a complete line of Cutler-Hammer® Miniature Control Products that includes mini contactors (mechan-ically interlocked and non-reversing), overload relays and snap-on accesso-ries. A wide range of applications are possible, including small electrical motors fractional to 5 hp (480V AC). Because of its compact size, the line is best suited to be applied in light duty loads such as hoisting, packaging, material handling, heating, lighting and automation systems.

Features

Mini Contactors■ Available in three different

terminal configurations:❑ Screw Pressure Plate❑ Quick Connect❑ Solder Pin

■ Mechanically interlocked or non-reversing

■ Panel or DIN rail mounting (35 mm)■ Fingerproof protection■ Low noise operation■ AC or DC operation possible

Overload Relays (Bimetallic Type — C312)■ 11 Settings — to cover .10 to 12.0

Amps■ Phase loss compensated■ Ambient temperature

compensated■ Class 10 — Bimetallic type O.L.■ Stop and test buttons included■ 1NO-1NC auxiliary contacts

included as standard

Accessories■ Side and front mounted auxiliary

contacts■ Identification clips■ Surge suppressors■ Reversing connection links

Standards and CertificationsMeet or exceed the North American and International standards:

■ UL■ CSA

❑ Mini Contactors and Surge SuppressorsUL File No. E19224, Category NLDX and NLDX2; CSA File No. LR353, Class 3211-07

❑ AccessoriesUL File No. E19223, Category NKCR and NKCR2; CSA File No. LR353, Class 3211-07

❑ Overload RelaysUL File No. E19223, Category NKCR and NKCR2; CSA File No. LR353, Class 3211-03

■ IEC, VDE, CE and most other International standards

Instructional Leaflets49097 Minicontactors, Overloads and

Accessories

Mini Contactor with Screw Pressure Plate TerminalsCatalog Number CE12BNC310B

Mini Contactor Reversing Pair withScrew Pressure Plate TerminalsCatalog Number CE52CNC310H

��

June 2005

34-60



34

Miniature ControlsCatalog Number Selection Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0324]

Catalog Number SelectionTable 34-76. IEC Miniature Controls Catalog Numbering System

Coil Designations

AC Coil Voltage (Frequency 40 – 450 Hz)

DC Coil Voltage

No. of NC Aux. Contacts

24V48V110 – 127V220 – 240V227V380 – 415V

12V24V48V110 – 125V220 – 240V

24V (1.4 Watts)17 – 32V (2.4 Watts)24V (1.7 Watts with Surge Suppressor)17 – 32V (2.8 Watts with Surge Suppressor)

3.5 VA

3.5 Watts

T -W -A -B -H -L -

R1 -T1 -

W1 -A1 -B1 -

T2 -V2 -T3 -V3 -

NoneOne

0 -1 -

DC — Low Power Consumption Coils

No. of NO Aux. Contacts

NoneOne

0 -1 -

Type

Non-reversingMechanically Interlocked

12 -52 -

Designation

IEC ContactorCE -

Connections

Quick ConnectsScrew Pressure PlateSolder Pin

B -C -P -

No. of Poles

3 Poles4 Poles

3 -4 -

Power

4 kW (3 hp @460V AC)5.5 kW (5 hp @460V AC)

B -C -

Enclosure

OpenN -

NOTE: No renewal parts (coils, contact kits) available for the Mini Control line.

C E 1 2 B N C 3 1 0 W 1

��

June 2005



34

Miniature Controls Contactors — Non-reversing and ReversingVol. 2, Ref. No. [0325]

Product SelectionNon-reversing/Reversing Contactors with Screw Pressure Terminals

Table 34-77. Non-reversing Contactor — Screw Pressure Plate Terminals

Table 34-78. Reversing Contactor — Screw Pressure Plate Terminals �

� Screw pressure plate terminal contactors are supplied standard with reversing connection links included.

Table 34-79. AC Coil Selection Table

� AC coils have an integrated protective circuit-rectifier bridge and varistor included.

Table 34-80. DC Coil Selection Table

� Auxiliary contacts can not be used with Low Power Consumption DC Coils Suffix designations: T2, V2, T3 and V3.

� For DC coils with Suffix designations T2, V2, T3 and V3, a Price Adder must be applied to the DC Coil List Price in Tables 34-77 and 34-78. See Table 34-81 below.

Table 34-81. Price Adder for Low Wattage DC Coils

Max. AC-3AmpRating(400V)

IEC 947AC-1ThermalCurrent(400V)

kW RatingAC-3400/440V

Maximum UL Horsepower No. ofPowerPoles

Aux.Contacts

CatalogNumber

Price U.S. $

1-Phase Horsepower Ratings 3-Phase Horsepower Ratings ACCoil

DCCoil110/

120V220/240V

480/600V

110/120V

200/208V

220/240V

440/480V

550/600V

999

161616

444

1/21/21/2

111

NoneNoneNone

111

111

222

333

333

334

1NO1NCNone

CE12BNC310_CE12BNC301_CE12BNC400_

75.0075.0075.00

83.0083.0083.00

121212

202020

5.55.55.5

3/43/43/4

1-1/21-1/21-1/2

222

111

222

333

555

555

334

1NO1NCNone

CE12CNC310_CE12CNC301_CE12CNC400_

97.0097.0097.00

102.00102.00102.00





Aux.Contacts

CatalogNumber

Price U.S. $

1-Phase Horsepower Ratings 3-Phase Horsepower Ratings ACCoil

DCCoil110/

120V220/240V

480/600V

110/120V

200/208V

220/240V

440/480V

550/600V

99

1616

44

1/21/2

11

NoneNone

11

11

22

33

33

33

1NO1NC

CE52BNC310_CE52BNC301_

168.00168.00

184.00184.00

1212

2020

5.55.5

3/43/4

1-1/21-1/2

22

11

22

33

55

55

33

1NO1NC

CE52CNC310_CE52CNC301_

215.00215.00

224.00224.00

Screw Pressure Plate Terminals — Non-reversing Contactor

Screw Pressure Plate Terminals — Reversing Contactor

Coil Voltage Frequency40 – 450 Hz

SuffixCode �

2448

110 – 127220 – 240277380 – 415

3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA

TWABHL

Coil Voltage SuffixCode

122448

110 – 125220 – 240

3.5 Watts3.5 Watts3.5 Watts3.5 Watts3.5 Watts

R1T1W1A1B1

DC Low Power Consumption Coils: Non-reversing Mini Contactors ��

24 (1.4 Watts)17 – 32 (2.4 Watts)24 (1.7 Watts with Surge Suppressor)17 – 32 (2.8 Watts with Surge Suppressor)

T2 �

V2 �

T3 �

V3 �

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

Devices Suffix Designations AdderU.S. $

4 kW T2 & V2T3 & V3

37.5042.50

5 kW T2 & V2T3 & V3

38.5043.50

��

June 2005

34-62



34

Miniature ControlsContactors — Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0326]

Non-reversing/Mechanically Interlocked Contactors with Quick Connect Terminals

Table 34-82. Non-reversing Contactor — Quick Connect Terminals

Table 34-83. Mechanically Interlocked Contactor — Quick Connect Terminals











Aux.Contacts

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

1-Phase Horsepower Ratings 3-Phase Horsepower Ratings ACCoils

DCCoils110/

120V220/240V

480/600V

110/120V

200/208V

220/240V

440/480V

550/600V

999

161616

444

1/21/21/2

111

NoneNoneNone

111

111

222

333

333

334

1NO1NCNone

CE12BNB310_CE12BNB301_CE12BNB400_

75.0075.0075.00

83.0083.0083.00

121212

202020

5.55.55.5

3/43/43/4

1-1/21-1/21-1/2

222

111

222

333

555

555

334

1NO1NCNone

CE12CNB310_CE12CNB301_CE12CNB400_

97.0097.0097.00

102.00102.00102.00





Aux.Contacts

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $


DC Coils110/

120V220/240V

480/600V

110/120V

200/208V

220/240V

440/480V

550/600V

99

1616

44

1/21/2

11

NoneNone

11

11

22

33

33

33

1NO1NC

CE52BNB310_CE52BNB301_

168.00168.00

184.00184.00

1212

2020

5.55.5

3/43/4

1-1/21-1/2

22

11

22

33

55

55

33

1NO1NC

CE52CNB310_CE52CNB301_

215.00215.00

224.00224.00

Quick Connect Terminals —Non-reversing Contactor

Quick Connect Terminals — Mechanically Interlocked Contactor


SuffixCode �

2448

110 – 127220 – 240277380 – 415

3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA

TWABHL


122448

110 – 125220 – 240


R1T1W1A1B1



T2 �

V2 �

T3 �

V3 �



4 kW T2 & V2T3 & V3

37.5042.50

5 kW T2 & V2T3 & V3

38.5043.50

��

June 2005



34

Miniature ControlsContactors — Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0327]

Non-reversing/Mechanically Interlocked Contactors with Solder Pin Terminals

Table 34-87. Non-reversing Contactor — Solder Pin Terminals

Table 34-88. Mechanically Interlocked Contactor — Solder Pin Terminals











Aux.Contacts

CatalogNumber

Price U.S. $


DCCoils110/

120V220/240V

480/600V

110/120V

200/208V

220/240V

440/480V

550/600V

99

1616

44

1/21/2

11

NoneNone

11

11

22

33

33

33

1NO1NC

CE12BNP310_CE12BNP301_

75.0075.00

83.0083.00

1212

2020

5.55.5

3/43/4

1-1/21-1/2

22

11

22

33

55

55

33

1NO1NC

CE12CNP310_CE12CNP301_

97.0097.00

102.00102.00





Aux.Contacts

CatalogNumber

Price U.S. $


DCCoils110/

120V220/240V

480/600V

110/120V

200/208V

220/240V

440/480V

550/600V

99

1616

44

1/21/2

11

NoneNone

11

11

22

33

33

33

1NO1NC

CE52BNP310_CE52BNP301_

168.00168.00

184.00184.00

1212

2020

5.55.5

3/43/4

1-1/21-1/2

22

11

22

33

55

55

33

1NO1NC

CE52CNP310_CE52CNP301_

215.00215.00

224.00224.00

Solder Pin Terminals — Non-reversing Contactor

Solder Pin Terminals — Mechanically Interlocked Contactor


SuffixCode �

2448

110 – 127220 – 240277380 – 415

3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA3.5 VA

TWABHL


122448

110 – 125220 – 240


R1T1W1A1B1



T2 �

V2 �

T3 �

V3 �



4 kW T2 & V2T3 & V3

37.5042.50

5 kW T2 & V2T3 & V3

38.5043.50

��

June 2005

34-64



34

Miniature ControlsTechnical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0328]

Mini Contactors Technical Data

Conformity to Standards■ IEC 947-4-1, 947-5-1, CE■ UL 508, CSA, 22.2

Specifications■ Insulation Voltage VI: 690V■ Ambient Temperature:

❑ Contactor: -13° to 131°F (-25° to +55°C)❑ Contactor and Overload Relay: -13° to 122°F

(-25° to +50°C)❑ Storage: -40° to 176°F (-40° to +80°C)

■ Finger Protection: IP20■ Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp): 6 kV■ Climatic Resistance:

❑ Acc. to DIN 50 017❑ Acc. to UTE C 63 – 100: Alternating climate proof

30 cycles, version I■ Mounting Position: Vertical/horizontal (any position)■ Max. Switching Frequency:

❑ AC-1 cyc./h: 300❑ DC-1, DC-3, DC-5, AC-2, AC-3 cyc./h: 600

Table 34-92. Switching Times

Table 34-93. Current Ratings (I) IEC 947-4-1

■ Electrical Life — Details: See endurance curves on Page 34-65

■ Mechanical Life: 10,000,000 operations■ Power Loss per Pole: 2W at 20A■ Backup Fuse, Type gG, Type 1: 20A (CE12B); 25A (CE12C)■ Backup Fuse, Type gG, Type 2: 20A■ Terminal Capacity — Stranded Copper 167°F (75°C) or Equiv-

alent, Single Wire: 12 – 22 AWG; Two Wires: 12 – 18 AWG■ Terminal Capacity for Reversible Pair — Stranded Copper

167°F (75°C) or Equivalent: 12 – 16 AWG

Table 34-94. Shock Resistance CE12 (B or C)

� 1/2 Sinusoidal Shock, 10 ms: No Change in Contact Position

Table 34-95. Utilization Categories, DC Loadings for Both CE12 (B or C)

Coil Technical DataTable 34-96. Coil for AC and DC Operations


� Low Power Consumption DC Coils can not be used with Reversing Mini Contactors.

Table 34-97. Mini Contactors to Connect to PLCs

� Low Power Consumption DC Coils can not be used with Reversing Mini Contactors.

� Us = coil voltage rating.

CE12B (4 kW) CE12C (5.5 kW)

AC Contactor

DC Contactor

ACContractor

DC Contactor

Closing Delay — NO ms 14 to 26 14 to 26

Opening Delay — NO ms 16 to 40 4 to 10 16 to 40 4 to 10

Closing Delay — NC ms 16 to 40 4 to 10 16 to 40 4 to 10

Opening Delay — NC ms 14 to 26 14 to 26

AC-1 Thermal Current Ith CE12B (4 kW) CE12C (5.5 kW)

Ie Ie

131°F (55°C)

104°F (40°C)

131°F(55°C)

104°F(40°C)

220/240V 16A 20A 16A 20A

380/440V 16A 20A 16A 20A

500V 12A 12A 12A 12A

AC-2, AC-3 (Ie) kW Ie kW Ie

220/240V 2.2 9A 3 12/11A

380/440V 4.0 9/8A 5.5 12/11A

500V 3.0 5.5A 4.0 7.0A

AC-4 Refer to Specific Load Life Curves

ShockDirections

A � B1 � B2 � C1 � C2 � Standard Mounting Position

Contactor ON 20g 20g 20g 20g 20g

Contactor OFF 10g 20g 20g 20g 20g

Utilization Category DC-1L/R ≤ 1 ms

DC-3L/R ≤ 2 ms

DC-5L/R ≤ 7.5 ms

Ie Amps

24V48V60V

110V220V

16.016.016.07.0.8

16.08.04.01.5.25

16.02.01.25.40.20

24V48V60V

110V220V

16.016.016.016.05.0

16.016.015.07.01.5

16.016.012.02.0.5

24V48V60V

110V220V

16.016.016.016.014.0

16.016.016.015.04.0

16.016.016.08.02.0

Rated Power Inrush Seal

Contactors: CE12, CE52 (4 and 5.5 kW) for AC Operation �

3.5 VA 3.5 VA

Contactors: CE12B, CE52 (4 and 5.5 kW) for DC Operation

3.5W 3.5W

Contactors with Low Power Consumption Power Coils: �

CE12B (1.4W, 24V DC — Coil Suffix T2)CE12B (2.4W, 17 – 32V DC — Coil Suffix V2)

1.4W2.4W

1.4W2.4W

Cold Hot

I mA P W I mA P W

CE12B (1.7W, 24V DC — Coil Suffix T3) �

77 1.75 60 1.35

CE12B (2.8W, 17 – 32V DC — Coil Suffix V3) �

125 2.8 94 2.10

Coil Voltage Range .85 – 1.1 x Us �

A

B2

B1

C2

C1

A

+ -

+ -+

++ -

��

June 2005



34

Miniature ControlsTechnical Data and SpecificationsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0329]

AC Electrical Endurance Curves — Mini Contactors CE12 and CE52

Figure 34-22. AC Electrical Endurance CurvesNote: Catalog Numbers used are not complete, see Catalog Number Selection, Page 34-60.

DC Utilization Curve

Mini Contactors CE12 and CE52 Load-Life Curves for DC-1, DC-3 and DC-5 Load ConditionsIf only one current path is used, the service life read-off for the related breaking capacity must be multiplied by .33, and, if there are 2 current paths, it must be multiplied by .66.

The time constants L/R (ms) which differ for the individual utilization categories have been accounted for on the curves.

A = 3 poles in series DC-1B = 3 poles in series DC-3C = 3 poles in series DC-5

Figure 34-23. DC Load-Life Curves

10 30201.51 2 3 4 5 6 8

Rated Operating Current Ic(A)15

Mill

ion

s o

f O

per

atio

ns

0.01

0.1

1

2

0.02

0.030.040.050.060.08

0.2

0.30.40.50.60.8

3

AC-3 AC-1

4568

10AC-1/AC-3 for CE12B

10 30201.51 2 3 4 5 6 8

Breaking Current Ic(A)15

Mill

ion

s o

f O

per

atio

ns

0.01

0.1

1

2

0.02

0.030.040.050.060.08

0.2

0.30.40.50.60.8

3

AC-4

4568

10AC-4 for CE12B

10 30201.51 2 3 4 5 6 8

Rated Operating Current Ic(A)15

Mill

ion

s o

f O

per

atio

ns

0.01

0.1

1

2

0.02

0.030.040.050.060.08

0.2

0.30.40.50.60.8

34568

10AC-1/AC-3 for CE12C

AC-3 AC-1

10 30201.51 2 3 4 5 6 8

Breaking Current Ic(A)15

Mill

ion

s o

f O

per

atio

ns

0.01

0.1

1

2

0.02

0.030.040.050.060.08

0.2

0.30.40.50.60.8

34

AC-4

568

10AC-4 for CE12C

150.03

0.040.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.3

0.40.5

1

1.5

2

3

45

10

20 30 40 50 100 150 200 300 400 500 1000

Watts(W)

Mill

ions

of O

pera

tions

CE12 and CE52

A

B

C

��

June 2005

34-66



34

Miniature ControlsTechnical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0330]

Lighting Load Switching Ratings Table

Mini Contactors CE12 and CE52 — Reversing and Mechanically InterlockedThe following table shows the number of lamps which can be connected per circuit at 230V/50 Hz. Please note the following:

If the specified capacitor load is exceeded, this may result in admissibly high peak inrush currents. Other factors which influence the magnitude of peak inrush currents are:

■ Length and cross-section of installed supply cables.■ Type of electronic ballast units.■ Lamp make.

Table 34-98. Lighting Load Switching Ratings

Note: The values provided above for switching lamp loads are estimates and are non-binding.

Lamp Type Lamp Data Capacitor

Loadin µF

Permissible Numberof Lamps per Circuit(230V, 50 Hz) in theCase of Contactor TypesCE12B, CE12C and CE52B

Watt InA

IncandescentLamps

60100200300500

1000

.26

.43

.871.302.174.35

20126421

FluorescentLamps

p.f. Uncorrected and Series p.f. Correction

1520405865

115140

.33

.37

.43

.67

.671.51.5

252320161255

Lead-Lag Circuit

2 x 202 x 402 x 582 x 652 x 1152 x 140

2 x .132 x .222 x .322 x .342 x .652 x .75

2 x 262 x 202 x 162 x 122 x 52 x 5

(Lamp Pairs)

Parallel p.f. Correction

1520405865

115140

.11

.13

.22

.32

.34

.65

.75

4.54.54.577

1818

7675411

High PressureMercury VaporLampse.g. HQL, HPL

p.f. Uncorrected

5080

125250400700

.61

.81.152.153.255.40

1075321


5080125250400700

1000

.28

.41

.651.221.953.454.8

78

1018254560

43211

——

Lamps withElectronicBallast Units

1 x 182 x 181 x 362 x 361 x 562 x 58

——————

178

116

116

Lamp Type Lamp Data CapacitorLoadin µF

Permissible Numberof Lamps per Circuit(230V, 50 Hz) in theCase of Contactor TypesCE12B, CE12C and CE52B

Watt InA

Metal HalogenLampse.g. HQI, HPI

p.f. Uncorrected

3570150250400

.5311.833.5

105321


3570150250400

.25

.45

.751.52.5

612203335

63111

Low PressureSodium VaporLamps

p.f. Uncorrected

355590135150180200

1.51.52.43.53.33.32.3

4422222


355590135150180200

.31

.42

.63

.941.01.161.32

20203045404025

———————

High PressureSodium VaporLamps

p.f. Uncorrected

150250330400

1.83.03.74.7

3221


1502503304001000

.831.52.02.46.3

20334048

106

—————

Transformersfor HalogenLow Volt Lamps

Transformers for Wattage

Watt

Permissible Number of Transformersper Circuit (230V, 50 Hz) in the Caseof Contactor Types CE12B,CE12C and CE52B

205075

100150200300

40201310753

��

June 2005



34

Miniature ControlsAccessoriesVol. 2, Ref. No. [0331]

Auxiliary Contacts Front and Side MountedA total of six auxiliary contacts are available to be used with the mini control line.

Front mounted auxiliary contacts are available in three contact configurations (1NO-1NC, 2NO and 2NC) and can be screw mounted to non-reversing and reversing contactors with screw pressure plate terminals only.

Side mounted auxiliary contacts are available for the miniature control product line in three terminal versions: screw pressure plate, quick connect and solder pin. The side mounted auxiliary is mounted to the left side of non-reversing contactors without tools. Only one side mounted auxiliary can be mounted on these products.

Application Notes■ Side mounted auxiliary contacts can not be used simulta-

neously with front mounted auxiliary contacts.■ Auxiliary contacts can not be used with low power DC Coil

Suffix designations T2, T3, V2 or V3.

■ Side mounted auxiliary contacts can not be used with mechanically interlocked contactors.

■ Auxiliary contacts used with devices having screw pres-sure plate terminals are UL Listed and side mounted auxiliary contacts used with devices having quick connect or solder pin terminals are UL Recognized.

Table 34-99. Front Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Screw Pressure Plate Terminals — Only Mini Contactor and Control Relay

Table 34-100. Side Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Screw Pressure Plate, Quick Connect, Solder Pin Terminals and Control Relays

Figure 34-24. Mini Contactor and Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact Being Assembled

Table 34-101. Technical Data of Auxiliary Contacts

Add-On AuxiliaryContacts Configuration

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

1NO-1NC2NO2NC

C320MCF11C320MCF20C320MCF02

18.1018.1018.10

Terminal Type Contactor/Control Relay

Add-On Auxiliary Contacts Configuration

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Screw Pressure Plate 1NO-1NC C320MCS11 18.10

Quick Connect 1NO-1NC C320MBS11 18.10

Solder Pin 1NO-1NC C320MPS11 18.10

Description Voltage Specification

Rated Operating Voltage Ue — 12 to 240V DC12 to 500V AC

Conventional rated thermal current Ith — 6A

Rated operating current Ie, AC-15 at Ue

220/240V380/440V500 V

4A3A2A

Rated operating current Ie,DC-13 at Ue

24V60V

110V220/240V

2.5A1.2A.7A.4A


Front Mounted Auxiliary Contact with Pressure Plate TerminalsCatalog Number C320MCF20

Side Mounted Auxiliary Contactwith Pressure Plate TerminalsCatalog Number C320MCS11

Side Mounted Auxiliary Contactswith Quick Connect TerminalsCatalog Number C320MBS11

Side Mounted Auxiliary Contactwith Solder Pin TerminalsCatalog Number C320MPS11

Screw Pressure Plate Mini Contactor and Front Mounted Auxiliary Contact Catalog Number C320MCF02

��

June 2005

34-68



34

Miniature ControlsAccessories Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0332]

Overload Relays

Overload Relay

Table 34-102. Bimetallic Overload Relay — Class 10

Note: Overload relays to be used with Pressure Plate Terminal type Mini Contactors only.

Thermal Overload Relay C312 — Technical Data

Conformity to Standards■ IEC 947-4-1, 947-5-1, CE■ UL 508, CSA 22.2

Thermal (Bimetallic) Overload Relay,C312 OL Relay■ Insulation Voltage (Ui): 690V AC■ Rated Operational Voltage (Ue):

690V AC■ Ambient Temperature: -13° to

122°F (-25° to +50°C) temperature compensated

■ Storage: -40° to 158°F (-40° to +70°C)■ Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp):

6 kV■ Climatic Resistance —

❑ Acc. to DIN 50 017❑ Acc. to UTE C 63 – 100: IEC 68-2-3,

IEC 68-2-30■ Mounting Position: ± 30 from

vertical position, not horizontal, not upside down, 5 mm side by side mounting distance

■ Switching Frequency with Avoid-ance of Nuisance Trippings — max. ops./h: 15

Motor FLAin Amperes

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

.10 – .16

.16 – .24

.24 – .40

.40 – .60

.60 – 1.00

C312AN3AC312AN3BC312AN3CC312AN3DC312AN3E

73.5073.5073.5073.5073.50

1.00 – 1.601.60 – 2.402.40 – 4.04.0 – 6.06.0 – 9.09.0 – 12.0

C312AN3FC312AN3GC312AN3HC312AN3JC312AN3KC312AN3L

73.5073.5073.5073.5073.5073.50

■ ≤ 40% ED — max. ops./h: 60 (if 6X in startup time ≤1 s)

■ Overvoltage Category/Pollution Degree: III/3

■ Safe Isolation to IEC 536: 300V AC■ Conventional Free Air Thermal

Current (Ith): 6.0A

Table 34-103. Terminal Capacities

Table 34-104. Trip Contact Ratings AC-15

Table 34-105. Trip Contact Ratings DC-13

Table 34-106. Additional Technical Data

Figure 34-25. Overload Relay C312 Trip Curves

Figure 34-26. Setting Variances

Description Specification

Solid mm 2X (.75X – 2.5)

Flexible with Ferrule mm 2X (.5X – 1.5)

Solid or Stranded AWG 2X (18X – 12)

Operating Voltage (Ue) 120V 220/240V 380/415V 500V

Rated Operational Current (Ie)Contacts 95 – 96 — NC (Break)Contacts 97 – 98 — NO (Make)

——

1.5A1.5A

.7A

.5A.5A.3A

Operating Voltage (Ue) 24V DC 60V DC 110V DC 220V DC

Rated Operational Current (Ie)Contacts 95 – 96 — NC (Break)Contacts 97 – 98 — NO (Make)

.9A

.9A.5A.5A

.3A

.3A.1A.1A

CatalogNumber

AmpRange

Max. Fuse —Type gL A

Wt.Lbs. (kg)

C312AN3AC312AN3BC312AN3CC312AN3DC312AN3EC312AN3FC312AN3GC312AN3HC312AN3JC312AN3KC312AN3L

.10 – .16A

.16 – .24A

.24 – .40A

.40 – .60A

.60 – 1.00A1.00 – 1.60A1.60 – 2.40A2.4 – 4.0A4.0 – 6.0A6.0 – 9.0A9.0 – 12.0A

.51.02.02.04.06.06.0

10.010.010.020.0

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

.154 (.070)

0.8 11

2

4

68

10

20

40

1

2

4

68

10

20

406080

100120

1.2 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

Trip

pin

g T

ime

Sec

on

ds

Min

ute

s

Operating Current as aMultiple of the Setting Current

2 Phases

3 Phases

From Cold State

Setting Variances

1. Adjust knob for setting to rated current of the motor

2. Reset: Hand — manual reset Position A: Auto — without manual reset Position H: Reset OFF

3. Test

Pull

NO97 NO95

NO98 NO96

Position of Reset

Push

RT 95 97

96 98

5/L33/L21/L1

6/T34/T22/T1

13

2


��

June 2005



34

Miniature ControlsAccessories and Terminal MarkingsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0333]

Identification Markers, Reversing Connection Links and Surge Suppressors

Table 34-107. Other Accessories

� To be used with mechanically interlocked screw pressure plate terminal contactors.

Terminal Markings

Contactors

Figure 34-27. Pole Configurations and Terminal Locations

Note: Catalog Numbers used are not complete, see Catalog Number Selection, Page 34-60.

Side Mounted Auxiliary Contacts

Figure 34-28. Terminal Markings for Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Notes: To be used with non-reversing mini contactors with terminal types: Screw Pressure Plate Terminals, Quick Connect, Solder Pin.Side mounted auxiliary contacts to be fitted on the left hand side of mini contactors.Side mounted auxiliary contacts can not be used with special low power DC coils less than 3.5W.Side mounted auxiliary contacts can not be fitted on mechanically interlocked contactors.Catalog Numbers used are not complete, see Catalog Number Selection, Page 34-60.


PriceU.S. $

Identification Markers C320MCM1 48.50

Surge Suppressors to use with Screw Pressure Plate Control Relays and Mini Contactors:Surge Suppressor 24 – 60V DCSurge Suppressor 50 – 250V DCSurge Suppressor 200 – 420V DC

C320MSS1C320MSS2C320MSS3

30.7530.7530.75

Surge Suppressors to use with Quick Connect Control Relays and Mini Contactors:Surge Suppressor 24 – 60V DCSurge Suppressor 50 – 250V DCSurge Suppressor 200 – 420V DC

C320MSS4C320MSS5C320MSS6

30.7530.7530.75

Reversing Connection Links (2 Pieces) � C320MCR1 18.10

Surge SuppressorsReversing Connection Links

Non-reversing Contactors with Screw Pressure Plate,Quick Connect and Solder Pin Terminals

2 4 6 8 A2

1 3 5 7 A1

Four-Pole2 4 6 14 A2

1 3 5 13 A1

Three-Polewith 1NO

Auxiliary Contact

2 4 6 22 A2

1 3 5 21 A1

Three-Polewith 1NC

Auxiliary Contact

Mechanically Interlocked Contactorswith Screw Pressure Plate,

Quick Connect and Solder Pin Terminals

A2 14 2 4 6

A1 13 1 3 5

2 4 6 14 A2

1 3 5 13 A1

A2 22 2 4 6

A1 21 1 3 5

2 4 6 22 A2

1 3 5 21 A1

Three-Pole with 1NC Auxiliary Contact

Three-Pole with 1NO Auxiliary Contact


54

5361

62

2 4 6 14

1 3 5 13

C320MCS11C320MBS11C320MPS11

CE12(B or C)N(B or C or P)400



2 4 6 22

1 3 5 21

2 4 6 8

1 3 5 7

��

June 2005

34-70



34

Miniature ControlsTerminal Markings Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0334]

Front Mounted Auxiliary Contacts

Figure 34-29. Terminal Markings for Front Mounted Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Notes: To be screwed onto the front of non-reversing and mechanically interlocked Contactors with Screw Pressure Plate terminals.Front and side mounted auxiliary contacts can not be fitted simultaneously.Front mounted auxiliary contacts (C320MCF_) can only be used with reversing contactors with screw pressure plate terminals.Catalog Numbers used are not complete, see Catalog Number Selection on Page 34-60.

C320MCF20

C320MCF02

2

1

4

3

6

5

14

13

2

1

4

3

6

5

22

21

CE12(B or C)NC400 C320MCF…

CE12(B or C)NC310CE52(B or C)N310 C320MCF…

CE12(B or C)NC301CE52(B or C)N301 C320MCF…

Mini Contactor withScrew Pressure PlateTerminals

2

1

4

3

54

53

64

63

6

5

8

7

52

51

62

61

C320MCF1154

53

62

61

��

June 2005



34

Miniature ControlsDimensionsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0335]

Non-reversing/Reversing — with/without Auxiliary Contacts

Figure 34-30. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)Note: Catalog Numbers used are not complete, see Catalog Number Selection, Page 34-60.

1.87(47.5)

1.83(46.5)1.71

(43.5)1.32

(33.5)

.18(4.5)

2.07(52.5)

2.26(57.5)

1.77(45.0)

1.65(42.0) 1.00

(25.4)

Mini Contactor CE12(B or C) (AC and DC Operated)for Pressure Plate Terminals

1.87(47.5)

1.83(46.5)1.71

(43.5)1.32

(33.5)

.18(4.5)

2.07(52.5)

2.26(57.5)

1.77(45.0)

1.65(42.0) 1.10

(28.0)

Mini Contactor CE12(B or C) (AC and DC Operated)for Quick Connect Terminals

1.83(46.5)1.71

(43.5)1.32

(33.5)

2.26(57.5)

1.77(45.0)

1.65(42.0) 1.00

(25.4)

3.80(96.5)

Mechanically Interlocked Contactors CE52BNCwith Screw Pressure Plate

and Quick Connect Terminals

2.26(57.5)

1.77(45.0)

1.65(42.0)

3.80(96.5)

1.87(47.5)

.16(4.0)

1.75(44.5)

1.32(33.5)

.18(4.5)

.04(1.0)

Mechanically Interlocked Contactors CE52BNPwith Solder Pin Terminals

1.87(47.5)

1.87(47.5)

.16(4.0)

1.75(44.5)

1.32(33.5)

.04(1.0)

1.77(45.0)

1.65(42.0)

Mini Contactor CE12(B or C)(AC and DC Operated)

for Solder Pin Terminals

1.83(46.5)1.71

(43.5)1.32

(33.5)

.18(4.5)

2.68(68.0)

2.26(57.5) 1.65

(42.0) 1.00(25.4)

Mini Contactor CE12(B or C) (AC and DC Operated)with Auxiliary Contact Block C320 (Side Mounted)

for Screw Pressure Plate and Quick Connect Terminals

1.97(50.0)

1.38(35.0)

1.57(40.0)1.77

(45.0)

.18(4.5)

.18(4.5)

1.97(50.0)

3.54(90.0)

CE12(B or C) Mini Contactorwith Screw Pressure Plate,

Quick Connect and Solder Pin Terminals

Mechanically InterlockedContactors CE52BN(C or B or P)

with Screw Pressure Plate,Quick Connect and

Solder Pin Terminals

5 x .40 = 2.00(5 x 10.2 = 51)

.06(1.5)

2.30(58.4)

1.00(25.4)

.40(10.2)

.06(1.5)

.80(20.3)1.20

(30.5)1.50

(38.1)

1.00(25.4)

.40(10.2)

7 x .40 = 2.80(7 x 10.2 = 71.1)

.40 (10.2)

.06(1.5)

3.40(86.4)

1.00(25.4)

Basic Devices4-Pole Mini Contactor

Basic Devices withAuxiliary Switch Block

Mini Contactor

MechanicallyInterlockedContactor

Drilling Plans for Mini Contactors for Screw Mounting M4

Drilling Plans for Mini Contactors with Solder Pin Terminals for PC Board Mounting

��

June 2005

34-72



34

Miniature ControlsDimensions Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0336]

Mini Contactor with Overload Relay


Auxiliary Contacts

Figure 34-32. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)Note: Catalog Numbers used are not complete, see Catalog Number Selection, Page 34-60.

ø.18 (4.5) .18

(4.5)

.16 (4.0)

1.26 (32.0)

1.77 (45.0)

1.83 (46.5)

2.2 (56.0)

.26 (6.5)

1.00(25.4)

.36(9.1)

1.87(47.5)

1.38…1.77 (35…45)

1.65(42.0)

1.97(50.0)

1.85 (47.0)

4.13 (105.0)

Mini Contactor with Screw Pressure Plate Terminals and Overload Relay

CE12(B or C)NC + C312AN3

Mini Contactor with Screw Pressure Plate Terminals CE12(B or C)NCwith Screwed-On Auxiliary Contact C320MCF (Front Mounted Auxiliary Contact)

1.38 (35.0)

.39 (10.0)

1.57 (40.0)

1.77 (45.0)

.36 (9.1)

.18 (4.5)

2.32(59.0)1.71

(43.5)1.32

(33.5)

.18(4.5)

2.26(57.5)

1.77(45.0)

2.87 (73.0)

1.65(42.0) 1.97

(50.0).39

(10.1)1.14

(29.0).38

(9.6)

.22(5.5) .36

(9.1)

1.87 (47.5)

1.73 (44.0)

1.43 (36.4)

.39 (10.0)

.61 (15.5)

1.04 (26.5)

.39 (10.1)

1.14 (29.0)

C320MCF Front Mounted Auxiliary Contact to Be Used withContactor or Control Relay with Pressure Plate Terminals

.80(20.3)

1.65(42.0)

1.91 (48.5)

1.32(33.5)

1.71(43.5)

1.83 (46.5)

1.00 (25.4)

.80(20.3)

1.65(42.0)

1.91 (48.5)

1.32(33.5)

1.75(44.5)

1.87 (47.5)

.04 (1.0)

.16 (4.0) Min. .80

(20.3)

1.65(42.0)

1.91 (48.5)

1.32(33.5)

1.71(43.5)

1.83 (46.5)

1.10 (28.0)

Side Mounted to Use with Screw Pressure Plate Terminal Contactor

C320MCS11

Side Mounted to Use with Solder Pin Contactor

C320MPS11

Side Mounted to Use with Quick Connect Contactor

C320MBS11

��

June 2005



34

FreedomProduct Family OverviewVol. 2, Ref. No. [0337]

Product DescriptionEaton’s electrical business has been supplying quality Industrial Control products for more than 100 years — the Cutler-Hammer® Freedom Series line of Contactors and Starters con-tinue in this tradition. The IEC Freedom Series Contactors and Starters feature a compact space-saving design, using

state-of-the-art technology and the lat-est in high strength, impact and tem-perature resistant insulating materials.

Eaton is the only manufacturer to offer IEC Starters with two different over-load options: Fixed Bimetallic Over-load and Interchangeable Heater Overload with Heater Packs. Contac-tors and Overloads can also be ordered separately or as completely assembled starters with either over-load relay option.

Application Description

Electrical Life — AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization CategoriesLife Load Curves — The Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series IEC contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. All testing has been based on requirements as found in IEC 947-4-1 and conducted by Eaton. When selecting a contactor designed to IEC requirements, the

specifier must give attention to the specific load, utilization category and the required electrical life. For a defini-tion of Utilization Categories, see Page 34-99.

Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated device currents and AC-4 tests are con-ducted at six-times rated device currents. All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.

Actual application life may vary, depending on environmental condi-tions and application duty cycle.

Contactor Choice —■ Decide what utilization category the

application is and choose the appropriate curve from Figure 34-33 (below).

■ Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate con-tactor with the operational current (le) of the application, as found on the horizontal axis.

■ Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles.

Figure 34-33. Electrical Life — AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

IEC AE17KNS0AFEIEC Size K, 50 hp/460V

1

Op

erat

ion

s

100,000

1,000,000

10,000,000

100,000,000

7 12

IEC AC-3 Load Life — Size A – K, 480V 60 Hz

1837

10073

4432 6025

10Break Amperes

Siz

e A

Siz

e B

Siz

e D

Siz

e E

Siz

e F

Siz

e H

Siz

e J

Siz

e C

Siz

e G

Siz

e K

Op

erat

ion

s

10,000

100,000

1,000,000

10,000,000

IEC AC-3 Load Life — Size L – S, 480V 60 Hz

85300

200170105

140

10010 10001Break Amperes

Siz

e L

Siz

e M

Siz

e N

Siz

e P

Siz

e R

Siz

e S

Op

erat

ion

s

10,000

100,000

1,000,000

10,000,000

100,000,000

1 1000

4236010860 222

IEC AC-4 Load Life — Size A – K, 480V 60 Hz

100

26415072 414

10Break Amperes

Siz

e A

Siz

e B

Siz

e C

Siz

e D

Siz

e F

Size E

Siz

e H

Siz

e J

Siz

e K

Siz

e G

Op

erat

ion

s

10,000

100,000

1,000,000

10,000,000

IEC AC-4 Load Life — Size L – S, 480V 60 Hz

515630

900438 768

1 10001020

10010Break Amperes

Siz

e L

Siz

e M

Siz

e N

Siz

e P

Siz

e R

Siz

e S

��

June 2005

34-74



34

FreedomProduct Family Overview Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0338]

Features

Freedom IEC FeaturesFreedom IEC contactors and starters are designed to IEC standards and comply with the International Stan-dard IEC 947-4-1. IEC products are a perfect choice when electrical and mechanical application parameters are known. They are typically smaller in size and provide higher ratings in a smaller package. They are available in 22 sizes to match the contactor to the application.

■ Complies with IEC 947-4-1, EN, CENELEC, UL and CSA standards.

■ 22 Sizes of contactors through 900 hp.

■ DIN rail mountable through 20 hp.■ Adjustable bimetal overload relays

— fixed or interchangeable heater.■ Available in Open and NEMA 1, 3R,

4/4X and 12 enclosures.

Freedom Enhancements

Larger IEC ContactorsThere are three additional frame sizes — a 220 mm contactor (CE15T and U) rated 250 and 350 hp respectively; a 280 mm contactor rated 400 – 600 hp at 460V; and a 330 mm contactor rated 900 hp at 460V.

AE17/57 IEC Fixed Heater Starters, IEC 947-4-1Completely assembled IEC 947-4-1 starters can be ordered in non-reversing and reversing, open or enclosed. This starter line is composed of CE15 contac-tors and C316 fixed heater overload relays.

Standards and Certifications■ Standard: Designed to meet or

exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE and BS

■ UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX — Open

■ CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353, Class #321104 Open

■ IEC: Sizes A – S, IEC 947-4-1; Sizes T – Z, IEC 158 (IEC 947 Pending)

Certified Type 2 CoordinationEaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series IEC starters are now UL Certi-fied to achieve IEC 947 Type 2 coordi-nation against 100,000A short circuit fault currents. Any brand of properly selected fuse can be used. Type 2 coordination means that the starter will be suitable for further use following a short circuit fault.

ISO 9000 CertificationWhen you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organiza-tion (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 91 indus-trialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO Certification process covers 20 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction.

Contactor Terminal Markings Contactors are identified by a two digit number in accordance with International Standards approved by CENELEC (European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization). This distinctive number is marked on the top nameplate and designates the type and quantity of built-in auxiliary con-tacts. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO and the second digit indicates the quantity of NC contacts. Example: 10E indicates a contactor with 1NO and no NC auxiliary contacts factory supplied. In addition, all termi-nals conform to both CENELEC and NEMA requirements. Auxiliary con-tact terminals use the first digit to indicate location and the second digit to indicate status (1-2 means NC and 3-4 means NO). Example: 13-14 indi-cates the first auxiliary contact and it is a NO.

Figure 34-34. Contact Example

IEC AE17DNS0AFEIEC Size D, 10 hp/460V

AE17 Fixed HeaterIEC Starter Size B

AE17 Fixed Heater IEC Starter Size K

Series BHeater Pack

A1 A2

A2

3-Pole1

L13

L25

L3 13

WhenSupplied

T12

T24

T36

14

��

June 2005



34

FreedomContactors — Non-reversing and ReversingVol. 2, Ref. No. [0339]




Application Description . . . 34-73

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-74


Contactors — Non-reversingand Reversing


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-75

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 34-75

Product Selection —3-Pole Contactors . . . . . . 34-76

Product Selection —2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-78

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-95

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-100


DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 34-102

Special Modifications . . . . . . . 34-107

Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-108

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-114

Product Description

Non-reversing Contactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running over current protection is either not required or is provided separately. Contactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a push-button station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, float switch, auxiliary contacts, etc.

Reversing Reversing contactors are used prima-rily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running over current protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechan-ically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.

Features■ EN60947-4-1 IEC 947-4-1 Compli-

ance — new International Standard for low voltage switchgear and con-trol devices.

■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts — provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion.

■ Designed to 2,000,000 electrical and 20,000,000 mechanical operations at maximum hp ratings through 20 hp at 460V. Adequate for most general duty control applications.

Non-reversing ■ UL listed and CSA certified.■ Highest horsepower rating in a com-

pact, space-saving design, 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp, 90 mm frame rated 100 hp, 180 mm frame rated 200 hp, 220 mm frame rated 350 hp, 280 mm frame rated 600 hp, and 334 mm frame rated 900 hp.

■ 45 mm open contactors, Sizes A – F, have DIN rail or universal base mounting, 65 mm open contactors have molded feet for panel mount-ing, and 90 mm to 334 mm have steel mounting plates (optional on smaller sizes).

■ DIN rail release mechanism conve-niently located on line side of contactor.

■ IP20 finger protection shields available.

■ Contactor and terminal markings conform to CENELEC EN50011.

■ Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard:❑ Sizes A – N have a NO auxiliary

contact block mounted on right hand side (on Sizes A – C, contact occupies 4th power pole position — no increase in width).

❑ Sizes P – S have a NO-NC contact block mounted on the left hand side.

❑ Sizes T – Z have a 2NO-2NC con-tact block mounted on the top left between arc chutes.

■ Lugs supplied standard on Sizes A – S. On Sizes T – Z, lugs must be ordered separately.

Reversing ■ Highest horsepower rating in a com-

pact, space-saving design, 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp and 90 mm frame rated maximum 75 hp at 460V. If larger devices are required, order components.

■ 45 mm open type reversing contac-tors, Sizes A – F, have DIN rail or panel mounting capability. DIN rail release mechanism conveniently located on line side of contactor. A steel mounting plate is optional.

■ 65 mm reversing contactors, Sizes G – K and 90 mm Sizes L – N are supplied with steel mounting plate as standard.

■ Sizes A – K have a wired NC top mounted electrical interlock on each contactor. Sizes L – N have one NO-NC side mounted electrical inter-lock on each contactor.

Technical DataTable 34-108. AC-4 (Ie) Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings

Note: For Reversing Contactors, 100 – 400 hp, refer to Catalog Number CE15 Contactors, Page 34-76 and Mechanical Interlocks, Page 34-105.

IEC Size DCat. No. CE55DN3AB

IEC Size BCat. No. CE15BNS3AB

IECSize

200V 230V 460V 575V

BCDEF

11-1/2235

11-1/2235

2357-1/2

10

357-1/2

1015

GHJKL

57-1/27-1/2

1015

7-1/210101520

1520253040

2025304040

MN

2025

2530

5060

5075

��

June 2005

34-76



34

FreedomContactors — Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0340]

Product Selection — 3-Pole ContactorsWhen Ordering Specify■ Select required contactor by Catalog

Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Suffix from Tables 34-110 and 34-112, on Page 34-77.

■ For Sizes A – K, the magnet coil alpha designation is the second-to-last digit of the Catalog Number. Example: for a 240V/60 Hz coil, order CE15ANS3BB.

Table 34-109. Type CE15/CE55 IEC Product Selection — 3-Pole Contactors

� IEC Sizes A – N are supplied with a NO auxiliary contact. On IEC Sizes A – C, the 4th power pole position is used as the auxiliary contact and adds no additional width. Open type Sizes A – K can be ordered with a top mounted auxiliary contact instead of a side mounted contact. To order, change the 7th digit of the listed Catalog Number from “S” to “T”. Example: CE15ANT3AB. On open type Sizes A – K, if the NO auxiliary contact is not required, drop the “S” from the listed Catalog Number.

� Auxiliary contacts: Sizes P – S have 1NO-1NC, Sizes T – X have 2NO-2NC, Size Z has 2NO-1NC. Sizes T – Z are supplied without lugs — order appropriate lug kits from Table 34-111 on Page 34-77.

� Sizes A – K IEC contactors do not include holding circuit contacts. For factory installed NO auxiliary contacts, insert “S” (side mounted) or “T” (top mounted) after 6th digit of listed Catalog Number. Example: Change CE55AN3AB to CE55ANS3AB. For “T”, top mounted NC contact blocks are replaced with NO-NC blocks — for “S”, they are replaced with NO-NC side mounted blocks.

IEC Size ECat. No. CE15ENS3AB

IEC Size NCat. No. CE15NN3A

Max.ULAC-3Amp.Rating600VAC

IEC 947AC-1ThermalCurrent600V

Maximum kW Rating Maximum UL Horsepower 3-Pole — Non-reversing ��

3-Pole —Reversing �

3-Phase 1-Phase 3-Phase CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $220V 380V 415/

440V500/550V

660V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V

710121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

CE15ANS3_BCE15BNS3_BCE15CNS3_BCE15DNS3_BCE15ENS3_B

119.121.154.175.195.

CE55AN3_BCE55BN3_BCE55CN3_BCE55DN3_BCE55EN3_B

293.298.405.437.475.

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

CE15FNS3_BCE15GNS3_BCE15HNS3_BCE15JNS3_BCE15KNS3_B

221.259.281.298.410.

CE55FN3_BCE55GN3_BCE55HN3_BCE55JN3_BCE55KN3_B

535.665.715.755.980.

85105140170200

100135175185220

2230374555

45557590

110

45557590

110

55759090

110

3745454555

7-1/21010——

101010——

2530405060

3040506075

6075

100125150

75100125125150

CE15LN3_CE15MN3_CE15NN3_CE15PN3_CE15RN3_

461.675.

1,065.1,490.1,670.

CE55LN3_CE55MN3_CE55NN3_——

1,470.1,925.2,715.

——

300420520550700

315600760

10001000

90129160220220

160220280375375

160240315——

160300375500500

75300375500500

—————

—————

75125150150200

100125150200250

200250350400500

200250350400500

CE15SN3_CE15TN3_80CE15UN3_80CE15VN3_80CE15WN3_80

2,260.2,760.4,930.7,260.8,500.

—————

—————

8101215

11001350

270380

475650

——

600840

600840

——

——

250450

300450

600900

600900

CE15XN3_80CE15ZN3_80

10,700.22,130.

——

——

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-95 – 34-99Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-114 – 34-121Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-100 – 34-107Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

��

June 2005



34

FreedomContactors — Non-reversing and ReversingVol. 2, Ref. No. [0341]

Table 34-110. AC Coil Suffixes

� IEC Sizes A – F only.� IEC Sizes A – F only. Sizes G – V are

24/60 only.

Table 34-111. Line/Load Lug Kits — IEC Sizes T – Z Only

Table 34-112. DC Coil Suffixes

� These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.� Factory installed DC coils on IEC contactors and starters include a NC top mounted auxiliary

contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking.

Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix

120/60 or 110/50240/60 or 220/50480/60 or 440/50600/60 or 550/50208/60

ABCDE

277/60208-240/60 �240/50380-415/50550/50

HJKLN

380/6024/60, 24/50 �24/5032/5048/60

PTUVW

48/50 Y

Lugs come standard on all contactors except sizes T – Z. If lugs are required, order sepa-rately from below. Each kit consists of three line and three load side lugs and hardware.

ContactorSize

CableRange

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

T

U

V – W

X

Z

(2) #2/0 – 600 kcmil

(2) #2/0 – 600 kcmil

(2) #3/0 – 750 kcmil

(3) #3/0 – 750 kcmil

(4) #1/0 – 750 kcmil

C325KAL15

C325KAL16

C325KAL17

C325KAL18

C325KAL19

73.00

73.00

86.50

307.00

338.00

Contactor orStarter Size — IEC

Volts NCIInterlock

Code Suffix

Non-reversingA – F 12

2448

120

C320KGD1C320KGD1C320KGD1C320KGD1

R1T1W1A1

A – F 122448

120

C320KGD2 �

C320KGD2 �

C320KGD2 �

C320KGD2 �

R4T4W4A4

G – K 122448

120


R4T4W4A4

L – N 122448

120


R1T1W1A1

P – S 2448

120240


T1BW1BA1BB1B

ReversingA – F 12

2448

120

(2) C320KGD1(2) C320KGD1(2) C320KGD1(2) C320KGD1

R1 �

T1 �

W1 �

A1 �

G – K 122448

120

(2) C320KGD3(2) C320KGD3(2) C320KGD3(2) C320KGD3

R1 �

T1 �

W1 �

A1 �


��

June 2005

34-78



34

FreedomContactors — Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0342]

Product Selection — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole ContactorsWhen Ordering Specify ■ Select required contactor by Catalog

Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Suffix from the adjacent table.

■ For Sizes A – K, the magnet coil alpha designation is the second-to-last digit of the Catalog Number. Example: for a 240V/60 Hz coil, order CE15ANS3BB.

■ For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Page 34-102.

Table 34-113. Type CE15 IEC Product Selection — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors — Non-reversing

� Sizes A – N 2-pole contactors are supplied with a NO auxiliary contact. On Sizes A – C, the 4th power pole is used as the auxiliary contact and adds no additional width. Open type Sizes A – K can be ordered with a top mounted auxiliary contact instead of a side mounted contact. To order, change the “S” to a “T”.



24/60 only.

For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Page 34-102.


IEC Size G4-Pole ContactorCat. No. CE15GN4AB

Max. UL AC-3AmpereRating600V AC

IEC 947 AC-1ThermalCurrent600V

Maximum kW Rating Maximum UL Horsepower CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $3-Phase 1-Phase 3-Phase

220V 380V 415/440V

500/550V

660V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V

2-Pole �

710121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

CE15ANS2_BCE15BNS2_BCE15CNS2_BCE15DNS2_BCE15ENS2_B

111.114.147.166.188.

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

CE15FNS2_BCE15GNS2_BCE15HNS2_BCE15JNS2_BCE15KNS2_B

212.250.271.291.404.

85105140

100135175

223037

455575

455575

557590

374545

7-1/21010

101010

253040

304050

6075

100

75100125

CE15LN2_CE15MN2_CE15NN2_

454.665.

*

4-Pole7

10121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

CE15AN4_BCE15BN4_BCE15CN4_B——

119.121.154.

——

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

—CE15GN4_BCE15HN4_BCE15JN4_B—

—365.377.440.

—

5-Pole3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

—CE15GN5_BCE15HN5_BCE15JN5_B—

—456.600.790.

—


120/60 or 110/50240/60 or 220/50480/60 or 440/50600/60 or 550/50208/60

ABCDE

277/60208-240/60 �240/50380-415/50550/50

HJKLN


380/6024/60, 24/50 �24/5032/5048/60

PTUVW

48/50 Y

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-95 – 34-99Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-114 – 34-121Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-100 – 34-107Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

��

June 2005



34

FreedomStarters — Fixed HeaterVol. 2, Ref. No. [0343]





Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-74


Fixed Heater Starters


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-79

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 34-80


Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-95

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-100


DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 34-102


Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-108

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-114

Product Description

Non-reversing Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Fixed Heater Starters utilize a Class 10 Bimetallic Overload Relay and are available for 3-phase motor applications from frac-tional horsepower motors up to 900 hp at 480V.

Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for revers-ing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechani-cally and electrically interlocked to pre-vent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.

Features■ EN60947-4-1 IEC 947-1 Compliance

— new International Standard for low voltage switchgear and control devices.

■ UL listed and CSA certified.■ C316 Bimetallic Ambient Compen-

sated Overload Relays — available in three basic sizes covering applications up to 200 hp (150 hp Reversing) — reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked.

■ These overload relays feature:❑ Direct heated bimetal elements —

Class 10.❑ Single-phase and phase unbal-

ance sensitivity.❑ Ambient temperature

compensated.❑ Adjustable trip current.❑ Overload trip indication.❑ Contact test lever.❑ Manual/automatic reset.❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC

contacts.


■ Designed to 2,000,000 electrical operations and 20,000,000 mechani-cal operations through 20 hp at 460V. Adequate for most general duty motor control applications.

IEC Size DCat. No. AE17DNS0AFE

IEC Size CCat. No. AE57CN0AFE

��

June 2005

34-80



34

FreedomStarters — Fixed Heater Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0344]

Features (Continued)

Non-reversing■ Highest horsepower rating in com-

pact, space-saving designs. 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp, 90 mm frame rated maximum 100 hp and 180 mm frame rated maximum 200 hp.

■ NO side mounted auxiliary contact supplied as standard on Sizes A – N. Sizes P, R and S have NO-NC.

■ 45 mm open type starters, Sizes A – F, have DIN rail or universal base mounting. A steel mounting plate is optional. Sizes G – S supplied with steel mounting plate as standard.

■ Four basic starter frame widths — 45 mm, 65 mm, 90 mm and 180 mm — simplifying panel layout.

■ 45 mm DIN rail release mechanism conveniently located on line side of starter.

Reversing■ Highest horsepower rating in com-

pact, space-saving designs. 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp at 460V, and 90 mm frame rated a maximum 100 hp at 460V.

■ 65 mm reversing starters, Sizes G – K and 90 mm reversing starters Sizes L – N are supplied with steel mounting plate as standard.


Technical DataTable 34-115. AC-4 (Ie) Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings �

� Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.

Note: For Reversing Starters 100 – 400 hp, refer to CE15 Contactors, Pages 34-76 – 34-78, C316 Overload Relays, Page 34-85 and Mechanical Interlock Kits, Page 34-105.

Table 34-116. Wire (75°C) Sizes —AWG or kcmil IEC Sizes A – S, Open

� Two compartment box lug.� A calibration shift of approximately 5% can be

expected using wires of a larger or smaller size than the recommended, especially when connected to maximum rated relays.

IECSize

200V 230V 460V 575V

BCDEF

11-1/2235

11-1/2235

2357-1/2

10

357-1/2

1015

GHJKL

57-1/27-1/2

1015

7-1/210101520

1520253040

2025304040

MN

2025

2530

5060

5075

IEC Size Wire Size

Power Terminals — LineA, B, C 12 – 16 Stranded

12 – 14 Solid, Cu Only

D, E, F 8 – 16 Stranded,10 – 14 Solid, Cu Only

G, H, J, K 3 – 14 (Upper) and/or6 – 14 (Lower) Strandedor Solid �, Cu Only

LMNP – S

1/0 – 14 Cu/Al1/0 – 8 Cu/Al3/0 – 8 Cu/Al350 kcmil — 6

Contactor Control Terminals — Cu Only12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid

Overload Relay Power Terminals — Load �

Current Range —Amperes

Wire Size

0 – 11.011.1 – 18.018.1 – 25.025.1 – 34.034.1 – 45.0

16 AWG14 AWG12 AWG10 AWG8 AWG

45.1 – 61.061.1 – 78.078.1 – 91.091.1 – 106.0

106.1 – 143.0

6 AWG4 AWG3 AWG2 AWG

1/0 AWG

143.1 – 166.0166.1 – 193.0193.1 – 247.0247.1 – 276.0276.1 – 328.0

2/0 AWG3/0 AWG250 kcmil300 kcmil400 kcmil

328.1 – 390.0 500 kcmil

Overload Relay Control Terminals(M3.5 No. 1 Pozidrive +/- Screws w/Captive Clamps)(2) 18 – 13 AWG Stranded, (2) 18 – 11 AWG Solid

��

June 2005



34

FreedomStarters — Fixed HeaterVol. 2, Ref. No. [0345]

Product SelectionWhen Ordering Specify ■ Select required starter by Catalog

Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Suffixes from the tables on Page 34-82. First, select the Magnet Coil Suffix and then add the two digit Overload Relay Suffix code.

■ Example: for a Size A starter for 120V/60 Hz and full load current is 2.0A, order AE17ANS0AFH.

■ For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Page 34-102.

Table 34-117. Type AE17/AE57 Starters — Fixed Heater Overload Relay — 3-Pole

� Underscore (_) indicates Magnet Coil Suffix and Overload Relay Suffix code.� IEC Sizes A – K are supplied with a NO auxiliary contact. On IEC Sizes A – C, the 4th power pole position is used as the auxiliary contact and adds no

additional width. Open type sizes A – K can be ordered with a top mounted auxiliary contact instead of a side mounted contact. To order, change the 7th digit of the listed Catalog Number from “S” to “T”. Example: AE17ANT0AFC. On open type sizes A – K, if the NO auxiliary contact is not required, drop the “S” from the listed Catalog Number. Example: AE17AN0AFC. IEC Sizes L – N open are supplied with a NO side mounted auxiliary contact. On IEC Sizes P – S, a NO-NC side mounted is standard. Sizes T – X have 2NO-2NC, Size Z has 2NO-1NC.

� Starters include fixed heater overload relay. AE17 is only an ordering number. Assembled starter consists of individually marked CE15 contactor and C316 overload relay.

� Sizes A – K IEC starters do not include holding circuit contacts. For factory installed NO auxiliary contacts, insert “S” (side mounted) or “T” (top mounted) after 6th digit of listed Catalog Number. Example: Change AE57AN0AFC to AE57ANS0AFC. For “T”, top mounted NC contact blocks are replaced with NO-NC blocks — for “S”, they are replaced with NO-NC side mounted blocks.


IEC Size KCat. No. AE17KNS0AKB

IEC Size ECat. No. AE57EN0AFM

Max. UL AC-3AmpereRating


Maximum kW Rating Maximum UL Horsepower CatalogNumber �


220V 380V 415/440V 500/550V 660V 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V

Non-reversing ��

710121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

AE17ANS0_AE17BNS0_AE17CNS0_AE17DNS0_AE17ENS0_

*****

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

AE17FNS0_AE17GNS0_AE17HNS0_AE17JNS0_AE17KNS0_

*****

85105140170200300

100135175185220315

223037455590

45557590

110160

45557590

110160

55759090

110160

374545455575

7-1/21010———

101010———

253040506075

3040506075

100

6075

100125150200

75100125125150200

AE17LN0_AE17MN0_AE17NN0_AE17PN0_AE17RN0_AE17SN0_

******

420550630700860

1215

600760

1000100011001350

129160220220270380

220280375375475650

240315————

300375500500600—

300375500500600840

——————

——————

125150150200250450

125150200250300450

250350400500600900

250350400500600900

AE17TN0_AE17UN0_AE17VN0_AE17WN0_AE17XN0_AE17ZN0_

******

Reversing �

710121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

AE57AN0_AE57BN0_AE57CN0_AE57DN0_AE57EN0_

*****

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

AE57FN0_AE57GN0_AE57HN0_AE57JN0_AE57KN0_

*****

85105140

100135175

223037

455575

455575

557590

374545

7-1/21010

101010

253040

304050

6075

100

75100125

AE57LN0_AE57MN0_AE57NN0_

***

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-114 – 34-121Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-100 – 34-107Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD7

��

June 2005

34-82



34

FreedomStarters — Fixed Heater Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0346]

Table 34-118. Maximum Horsepower Rating of Starters for 380V 50 Hz Application



24/60 only.

For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, Page 34-102.

Table 34-120. Fixed Heater Overload Relay Suffix Codes �

� Overload relay range can not exceed contac-tor ampere rating.

IEC Size A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S

hp 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150


120/60 or 110/50240/60 or 220/50480/60 or 440/50600/60 or 550/50208/60

ABCDE

277/60208-240/60 �240/50380-415/50550/50

HJKLN

24/60, 24/50 �24/5032/5048/6048/50

TUVWY

Motor FullLoad Amperes

SuffixLetter

Motor FullLoad Amperes

SuffixLetter

Sizes AE17A – AE17F.25 – .40.40 – .63.63 – 1.0

1.0 – 1.41.3 – 1.8

FCFDFEFFFG

3.5 – 5.04.5 – 6.56.0 – 8.57.5 – 11

10 – 14

FLFMFNFPFQ

1.7 – 2.42.2 – 3.12.8 – 4.0

FHFJFK

13 – 1918 – 2424 – 32

FRFSFT

Sizes AE17G – AE17K18 – 2522 – 3229 – 42

KAKBKC

36 – 5245 – 6360 – 80

KDKEKF

Sizes AE17L – AE17N65 – 9080 – 100

100 – 135

PAPBPC

110 – 150130 – 175

—

PDPE—

Sizes AE17P – AE17S with 300/5 CT60 – 8478 – 108

102 – 144

FFFGFH

132 – 186168 – 240210 – 300

FJFKFL

Sizes AE17T – AE17V with 600/5 CT120 – 168156 – 216204 – 288

FFFGFH

264 – 372336 – 480420 – 600

FJFKFL

Sizes AE17W – AE17X with 1000/5 CT200 – 280260 – 360340 – 480

FFFGFH

440 – 620560 – 800700 – 1000

FJFKFL

Size AE17Z with 1500/5 CT300 – 420390 – 540510 – 720

FHFGFH

660 – 930840 – 1200

1050 – 1500

FJFKFL

��

June 2005



34

Freedom Relays — Fixed Heater OverloadVol. 2, Ref. No. [0347]

Contents Description Page




Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-74


Fixed Heater Overload Relays


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-83


Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 34-83

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-84

Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-84

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-85


Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-95

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-100


DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 34-102


Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-108

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-114

Product DescriptionEaton’s Cutler-Hammer® Integral Over-load Relays are for use with Freedom Series contactors. They are designed and manufactured to meet IEC (Inter-national Electrotechnical Commis-sion) recommendations and other international standards necessary for acceptance in many countries around the world.

Frame Size F Overload RelayCat. No. C316FNA3

Features■ EN60947-4-1 IEC 947-4-1 Compliance

— the International Standard for low voltage switchgear and control devices.

■ Direct heated bimetal elements.■ Class 10 trip characteristics through

200 amperes and Class 30 on 400 and 850 ampere relays.

■ Single-phase and phase unbalance sensitive.

■ Ambient temperature compensated.■ Adjustable trip current, overload trip

indication.■ NO-NC electrically isolated contacts,

contact test lever.■ Manual/automatic reset.■ DIN rail and panel mounting

adapter.

Standards and Certifications■ UL listed — File E130332■ CSA certified — File LR15332M94

Technical DataTable 34-121. Contact Ratings(35% Power Factor)

Table 34-122. Power Terminal Torque in lb-in

Table 34-123. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit �

� DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.

Table 34-124. Overload Configurations — C316 Overload

Rating Volts Make Break

Insulation Voltage660V AC (IEC)600V AC (UL & CSA)Thermal Rating 10A

120230480600

30.0A15.0A7.5A6.0A

3.0A1.5A.75A.6A

CatalogNumber

Line Load

C306TB1/C316F 20 12

C316TB1/C316K 21.2 40 (14 – 8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 AWG)

AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V

NC Contact B600Make and Break Amps 30 15 7.5 6

Break Amps 3 1.5 .75 .6

Continuous Amps 5 5 5 5

NO Contact C600Make and Break Amps 15 7.5 3.375 3

Break Amps 1.5 .75 .375 .3

Continuous Amps 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Size Mounting Arrangements

Overload Contactor

F A – F Connecting links are provided for close coupling. For independent mounting, an accessory kit C306TB1 is required.

K G – K Connecting links are provided for close coupling. For independent mounting, an accessory kit C316TB1 is required which replaces the connectors and repositions the calibration marks with an additional label.

P L – N Connecting links are provided for close coupling with a calibration label to reposition the marks.

��

June 2005

34-84



34

FreedomRelays — Fixed Heater Overload Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0348]

Table 34-125. STOP/RESET Push Functions — C316 Overload

AccessoriesTable 34-126. Accessories

Trip Curves

Figure 34-35. Trip Curves

Stroke of Blue Push = .18 inch(4.6 mm)O/R posn. NC closed @ D = <.02 inch(.5 mm)O/R posn. NC open @ D = >.06 inch (1.5 mm)O/R & R posn. OL must reset @ D = <.14 inch (3.6 mm)

Overload Relay Tripped ConditionButton pressed on R position RESET only.

Manual Mode Auto Mode

RESET NO FUNCTION

95 – 96 (NC) (Open)

97 – 98 (NO) (Closed)

Closes when button is pressed.Opens when button is pressed.

—

Button pressed on O/R position. STOP/RESET

RESET NO FUNCTION

95 – 96 (NC) (Open)

97 – 98 (NO) (Closed)

Closes when button is released. Opens when button is pressed.

—

Relay in Operational ConditionButton pressed on R position. RESET only.

Manual Auto

NO FUNCTION

95 – 96 (NC)97 – 98 (NO)

Remains closed.Remains open.

Button pressed on O/R position. STOP/RESET

95 – 96 (NC) Opens when button is pressed. Closes when button is released.

Opens when button is pressed.Closes when button is released.

97 – 98 (NO) NO FUNCTION

Description Application CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapters — for separate mounting of overload relays

Frame Size C316FFrame Size C316K

C306TB1C316TB1

13.0039.75

D

ROR

ROR

ROR

ROR


0.70.8 1 1.5

1.05 1.125 1.2

2 3 4 5 67.2

8 10 20

Multiples of Full Load CurrentC316FNA3

Tri

p T

ime

(Sec

on

ds)

3 Phase Cold

3 Phase Hot

10000

5000

1000

500

100120

50

10

5

1

2

Multiples of Full Load CurrentC316KNA3

0.70.8 1 1.5

1.05 1.125 1.2

2 3 4 5 67.2

8 10 20

Tri

p T

ime

(Sec

on

ds)

3 Phase Cold

3 Phase Hot

10000

5000

1000

500

100120

50

10

5

1

2

��

June 2005



34

Freedom Relays — Fixed Heater Overload Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0349]

DimensionsTable 34-127. Approximate Dimensions andShipping Weights

Figure 34-36. Approximate Dimensions

FrameSize

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs.(kg)

WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting

D E

F 1.71(43.4)

2.62(66.5)

3.66(93.0)

— — .37(.17)

K 2.13(54.1)

3.70(94.0)

4.41(112.0)

— — .71(.32)

P 4.09(103.9)

5.51(140.0)

4.88(124.0)

2.65(67.3)

1.46(37.1)

2.01(.91)

B

A C

D C

E

Frame Size P

Frame Sizes F and K

B

A

Frame Size K Overload RelayCat. No. C316KNA3

Figure 34-37. Stand-Alone Overload Relays — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Product Selection Freedom Series Integral Overload RelaysTable 34-128. Bimetal Class 10 — IEC Sizes A – F

Table 34-129. Bimetal Class 10 — IEC Sizes G – K and IEC Sizes L – S

.36(9.2)4.17

(106)

1.72(43.6)

1.31(33.2) .20

(5.2)

(4)

.20(5)

2.01(51)

3.98(101)

3.74(95)

.18(4.5)

3.74(95)

C316F and C306TB1

C306TB1

F FrameC316F

35 mmDIN Rail

3.86(98)

2.05(52)

1.91(48.5)

2.36(60)

4.41(112) 1.97

(50)

5.03(127.7)

.18(4.5)Push

.55(14)

2.95(75)

IndependentOverload

Relay

C316TB1

K FrameC316K

(2) M4 Fixings

C L

C L

C316K and C306TB1

TripClass

MotorFLA

Manual/Automatic Reset NO-NC Electrically Separated

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

For IEC Contactor Sizes A – F10 .25 – .40

.40 – .63

.63 – 1.001.00 – 1.401.30 – 1.80

C316FNA3CC316FNA3DC316FNA3EC316FNA3FC316FNA3G

77.0077.0077.0077.0077.00

1.70 – 2.402.20 – 3.102.80 – 4.003.50 – 5.004.50 – 6.50

C316FNA3HC316FNA3JC316FNA3KC316FNA3LC316FNA3M

77.0077.0077.0077.0077.00

6.00 – 8.507.50 – 11.0

10.0 – 14.013.0 – 19.018.0 – 24.024.0 – 32.0

C316FNA3NC316FNA3PC316FNA3QC316FNA3RC316FNA3SC316FNA3T

79.5079.5079.5079.5086.5092.50

TripClass

MotorFLA

Manual/Automatic Reset NO-NC Electrically Separated

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

For IEC Contactor Sizes G – K10 18.0 – 25.0

22.0 – 32.029.0 – 42.036.0 – 52.045.0 – 63.060.0 – 80.0

C316KNA3AC316KNA3BC316KNA3CC316KNA3DC316KNA3EC316KNA3F

119.00119.00126.00138.00138.00163.00

For IEC Contactor Sizes L – N10 65 – 90

80 – 100100 – 135110 – 150130 – 175150 – 200

C316PNA3AC316PNA3BC316PNA3CC316PNA3DC316PNA3EC316PNA3F

243.00393.00393.00393.00393.00393.00


��

June 2005

34-86



34

FreedomStarters — Interchangeable Heater Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0350]




Application Description. . . . 34-73

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-74

Standards andCertifications . . . . . . . . . . . 34-74

Interchangeable Heater Starters


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-86

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . 34-87

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 34-87

Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-95

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-100

Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 34-100

DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . 34-102

Special Modifications. . . . . . . . 34-107

Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-108

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-114

Product Description

Non-reversing IEC Freedom Series Starters utilize an Interchangeable Heater Pack Overload Relay which allows increased flexibil-ity. Starters are available to cover 3-phase motors with fractional horse-power ratings up to 900 hp at 480V.

Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for revers-ing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechani-cally and electrically interlocked to pre-vent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously.

Features■ EN60947-4-1 IEC 947-4-1 Compli-

ance — International Standard for low voltage switchgear and control devices.

■ UL listed and CSA certified.■ Bimetallic Ambient Compensated

Overload Relays — available in three basic sizes covering applica-tions up to 200 hp (100 hp Revers-ing) — reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combina-tions that have to be stocked.These overload relays feature:❑ Selectable Manual or Automatic

Reset operation.❑ Interchangeable Heater Packs

adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and 1.15 service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relay — useful in derating applications such as jogging.

❑ Meets UL508 Single-Phasing requirements, Class 20 or Class 10 trip time.

❑ Overload trip indication.❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC con-

tacts (pull RESET button to test).


■ Designed to 2,000,000 electrical and 20,000,000 mechanical operations through 20 hp at 460V. Adequate for most general duty motor control applications.


pact, space-saving designs, 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp, 90 mm frame rated maximum 100 hp, and 180 mm rated maxi-mum 200 hp.

■ IP20 finger protection shields available.

■ Contactor and terminal markings conform to CENELEC EN50011.

■ One NO right-side mounted auxil-iary contact supplied as standard on Sizes A – N (on Sizes A – C, contact occupies 4th power pole — no increase in width). Sizes P – S have NO-NC.

■ 45 mm open type starters, sizes A – F, have DIN rail or universal base mounting. DIN rail release mecha-nism conveniently located on line side of starter. A steel mounting plate is optional.

■ 65 mm starters, sizes G – K; 90 mm starters, sizes L – N; and P – S 180 mm supplied with steel mount-ing plate as standard.

■ Four basic starter frame widths — 45 mm, 65 mm, 90 mm and 180 mm — simplifying panel layout.


pact, space-saving designs. 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp, and 90 mm frame rated maxi-mum 100 hp.

■ 45 mm open type reversing starters, Sizes A – F, have DIN rail or univer-sal base mounting. DIN rail release mechanisms conveniently located on line side of starters. A steel mounting plate is optional.

■ 65 mm reversing starters, Sizes G – K, and 90 mm reversing starters, Sizes L – N, are supplied with steel mounting plate as standard.


■ A full time of snap-on accessories — top and side mounted auxiliary con-tacts, solid-state and pneumatic tim-ers, etc.

■ Straight-through wiring — line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom.

■ Horizontal of vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom.

■ Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pres-sure plates with ± screws — reduc-ing wiring time.

IEC Size DCat. No. AE16DN0BC

��

June 2005



34


Technical DataTable 34-130. AC-4 (Ie) Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings �


Table 34-131. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil Open

� Two compartment box lug.

Product SelectionWhen Ordering Specify ■ Select required starter by Catalog

Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Num-ber (_) with the proper Code Suffix from Table 34-135 on Page 34-88.

■ Example: for a Size B starter with a 480V/60 Hz coil, order AE16BNS0CC.

■ For DC Magnet Coils, see Accesso-ries, Page 34-102.

Table 34-132. Type AE16/AE56 Starters — Interchangeable Heater Overload Relay — 3-Pole — Non-reversing �

� IEC Sizes A – N, open are supplied with a NO auxiliary contact. On IEC Sizes A – C, the 4th power pole position is used as the auxiliary contact and adds no additional width. Open type Sizes A – K can be ordered with a top mounted auxiliary contact instead of a side mounted contact. To order, change the 7th digit of the listed Catalog Number from “S” to “T”. Example: AE16ANT0AC. On open type Sizes A – K, if the NO auxiliary contact is not required, drop the “S” from the listed Catalog Number. Example: AE16AN0AC. On IEC Sizes P – S, a NO-NC side mounted is standard. Sizes T – X have 2NO-2NC, Size Z has 2NO-1NC.


IECSize

200V 230V 460V 575V

BCDEF

11-1/2235

11-1/2235

2357-1/2

10

357-1/2

1015

GHJKL

57-1/27-1/2

1015

7-1/210101520

1520253040

2025304040

MN

2025

2530

5060

5075

IEC Sizes A – S

IEC Size Cu Only

Power Terminals — LineA, B, C 12 – 16 Stranded

12 – 14 SolidD, E, F 8 – 16 Stranded,

10 – 14 SolidG, H, J, K 3 – 14 (Upper) and/or

6 – 14 (Lower)Stranded or Solid �

Power Terminals — Line and LoadIEC Size Wire Size

LMN

1/0 – 14 Cu/Al1/0 – 8 Cu/Al3/0 – 8 Cu/Al

P, R & S 350 mcm — 6 Cu/Al

IEC Sizes A – S

IEC Size Cu Only

Power Terminals — LoadCat. No. Terminal Wire Size

C306DN3BC306GN3B

32A75A

14 – 6 AWG14 – 2 AWG

Control Terminals — Cu Only12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid





220V 380V 415/440V

500/550V

660V 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V

710121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

AE16ANS0_CAE16BNS0_CAE16CNS0_CAE16DNS0_CAE16ENS0_C

209.212.244.267.287.

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

AE16FNS0_CAE16GNS0_BAE16HNS0_BAE16JNS0_BAE16KNS0_B

313.448.469.488.610.

85105140170200300

100135175185220315

223037455590

45557590

110160

45557590

110160

55759090

110160

374545455575

7-1/21010———

101010———

253040506075

3040506075

100

6075

100125150200

75100125125150200

AE16LN0_AE16MN0_AE16NN0_AE16PN0_AE16RN0_AE16SN0_

775.970.

1,445.1,980.2,170.2,895.

450550630700860

1215

600760

1000100011001350

129160220220270380

220280375375475650

240315————

300375500500600840

300375500500600840

——————

——————

125150150200250450

125150200250300450

250350400500600900

250350400500600900

AE16TN0_AE16UN0_AE16VN0_AE16WN0_AE16XN0_AE16ZN0_

4,090.6,240.8,630.9,870.

**

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-114 – 34-121Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-100 – 34-107Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

��

June 2005

34-88



34


When Ordering Specify ■ Select required starter by Catalog

Number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the Catalog Number (_) with the proper Code Suffix from Table 34-135 below.

■ Example: for a Size B starter with a 480V/60 Hz coil, order AE16BNS0CC.

■ For DC Magnet Coils, see Accesso-ries, Page 34-102.

Table 34-133. Type AE16/AE56 Starters — Interchangeable Heater Overload Relay — 3-Pole — Reversing �

� Sizes A – K IEC starters do not include holding circuit contacts. For factory installed NO auxiliary contacts, insert “S” (side mounted) or “T” (top mounted) after 6th digit of listed Catalog Number. Example: Change AE56AN0AC to AE56ANS0AC. For “T”, top mounted NC contact blocks are replaced with NO-NC blocks — for “S”, they are replaced with NO-NC side mounted blocks.

Table 34-134. Maximum Horsepower Ratingof Starters for 380V 50 Hz Application



24/60 only.

For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories on Page 34-102.

IEC Size FCat. No. AE56DN0BC

IEC Size GCat. No. AE56GN0BB





220V 380V 415/440V

500/550V

660V 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V

710121825

2020203232

1.11.52.245.5

2.245.57.5

11

2.245.57.5

11

45.57.5

1115

1.52.245.57.5

1/41/21/2

12

1/21233

1-1/22355

1-1/22357-1/2

357-1/2

1015

57-1/2

101520

AE56AN0_CAE56BN0_CAE56CN0_CAE56DN0_CAE56EN0_C

443.449.530.585.640.

3237446073

3250607580

7.5—111518.5

1518.5223037

1518.5223037

18.522303037

10111518.522

23355

557-1/2

1010

7-1/27-1/2

101520

1010152025

2025304050

2530404050

AE56FN0_CAE56GN0_BAE56HN0_BAE56JN0_BAE56KN0_B

715.970.

1,010.1,050.1,335.

85105140

100135175

223037

455575

455575

557590

374545

7-1/21010

101010

253040

304050

6075

100

75100125

AE56LN0_AE56MN0_AE56NN0_

1,605.2,080.3,130.

IEC Size A B C D E F G H

hp 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25

IEC Size J K L M N P R S

hp 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150


120/60 or 110/50240/60 or 220/50480/60 or 440/50600/60 or 550/50208/60

ABCDE

277/60208-240/60 �240/50380-415/50550/50

HJKLN

24/60, 24/50 �24/5032/5048/6048/50

TUVWY

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-114 – 34-121Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 34-100 – 34-107Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD7

��

June 2005



34

Freedom Relays — Interchangeable Heater OverloadVol. 2, Ref. No. [0353]





Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-74


Interchangeable Heater Overload Relays


Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-89


Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-89

Technical Information . . . . 34-90

Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-90

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 34-90

Factory Modifications . . . . 34-91

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-91

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 34-92

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-92

Product Selection . . . . . . . 34-93

Heater Pack Selection . . . . 34-93

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-95

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-100


DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 34-102


Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-108

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-114

Product DescriptionC306 Overload Relays are designed for use with CE or CN non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144 amperes.

Features■ Selectable manual or automatic

reset operation.■ Interchangeable heater packs

adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 and 1.15 service factor motors.❑ Heater packs for 32 ampere over-

load relay will mount in 75 ampere overload relay — useful in derat-ing applications such as jogging.

■ Class 10 or 20 heater packs.■ Load lugs built into relay base.■ Bimetallic, ambient compensated

operated. Trip free mechanism.■ Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts

(pull RESET button to test).■ Overload trip indication.■ Shrouded or “fingerproof”

terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock.

■ Meets UL508 single-phasing requirements.

Standards and Certifications■ UL listed■ CSA certified■ NEMA compliance and EN60947-4-1

IEC 947-4-1 and (CE) Mark

Operation

C306 Overload Relay Setting

Figure 34-38. FLA Dial Adjustment

For motors having a 1.15 service fac-tory, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to correspond to the motor’s FLA rating. Estimate the dial position when the motor FLA falls between two letter values as shown in the example.

For motors having a 1.0 service factor, or to meet IEC 947 requirements, rotate the FLA dial one-half position counterclockwise (CCW).

Figure 34-39. Manual/Automatic Reset

The overload relay is factory set at “M” for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the “A” posi-tion as shown in the illustration.

Automatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices.

Test for Trip IndicationTo test overload relay for trip indica-tion when in manual reset, pull out the blue RESET button. An orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push RESET button in to reset.

Warning — To provide continued protection against fire or shock hazard, the complete relay must be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs.

32 Ampere OverloadCat. No. C306DN3B

1.0ServiceFactor

1.15ServiceFactor

A

B C

D

Example of 12.0 FLA setting forheater pack number H2011B showing

position for 1.0 or 1.15service factor motors.

A

M

Example of setting formanual reset.

��

June 2005

34-90



34

FreedomRelays — Interchangeable Heater Overload Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0354]

Technical Information

GeneralOverload relays are provided to pro-tect motors, motor control apparatus and motor-branch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600 volts, 2) short circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (NEC Art. 430-31)

Time Current CharacteristicsThe time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of per-formance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratory (UL) in accordance with NEMA Standards and the NEC.

UL requires■ When tested at 100 percent of its

current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately.

■ When tested at 200 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes.

■ When tested at 600 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 10 or 20 seconds, depending on the Class of the relay.

“Current Rating” is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per NEC, an overload must ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service factor motor.

“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA (Full Load Amperes) of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting.

Example: 600% of current rating is defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA current (heater) setting for a 1.15 ser-vice factor motor. A 10 ampere heater setting must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75 amperes motor current for a Class 20 relay.

Trip Curves

Figure 34-40. Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves

Technical DataTable 34-136. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – K — Open and Enclosed

� Two compartment box lug.� Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 – 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG.

Table 34-137. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC L – N — Open and Enclosed

IEC Size NEMA Size Cu Only

Power Terminals — LineA, B, CD, E, F

G, H, J, K

00012

12 – 16 Stranded, 12 – 14 Solid8 – 16 Stranded, 10 – 14 Solid8 – 14 Stranded or Solid3 – 14 (Upper) and/or 6 – 14 (Lower) Stranded or Solid �

Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)Catalog Number Terminal Wire Size �

C306DN3B 32A 14 – 6 AWG

C306GN3B 75A 14 – 2 AWG


IEC Size NEMA Size Wire Size

Power Terminals — LineLMN

3——

1/0 – 14 Cu/Al1/0 – 8 Cu/Al3/0 – 8 Cu/Al

— 4 Open — 3/0 – 8 CuEnclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 Cu/Al

— 5

6 – 78

750 kcmil — 2 or(2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al(2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al(2) 750 kcmil — 1/0 Cu/Al


0

12345

10

20304050

100

200300400500

1000

2000300040005000

10,000

2 4 6 8 10

FromHot Start

FromCold Start

Multiples of Current Setting

Trip Time(Seconds)

Class 10 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating

0

12345

10

20304050

100

200300400500

1000

2000300040005000

10,000

2 4 6 8 10

FromHot Start

FromCold Start

Multiples of Current Setting

Trip Time(Seconds)

Class 20 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating

��

June 2005



34

FreedomRelays — Interchangeable Heater OverloadVol. 2, Ref. No. [0355]

Table 34-138. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals

Table 34-139. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit �

� DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.

Factory Modifications

Table 34-140. C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter

AccessoriesTable 34-141. DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter

� This Series “B” adapter will accept Series “A” or “B” overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B). C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.

Table 34-142. Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 Only

Overload Lug Adapter KitThese kits are used in conjunc-tion with Catalog Numbers H2001B – H2014B or H2101B – H2114B heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series “B” heater packs in Catalog Numbers C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series “A1” overload relays. The kit consists of 3 lug adapters and installation

instructions. When installing Series “B” heater packs plus lug adapters in Series “A” overload relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjustment tables originally supplied with equip-ment (also supplied with kit).

Table 34-143. Product Selection


Terminal Catalog Number

Torque in lb-in

32A C306DT3B 20

75A C306GT3B 35 (14 – 10 AWG)40 (8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 – 2 AWG)

105A C306KN3 Socket Head Screw120 (3/16)200 (1/4)250 (5/16)

144A C306NN3 Socket Head Screw120 (3/16)200 (1/4)250 (5/16)Slotted Head Screw35 (14 – 10 AWG)40 (8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)

AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V

NC Contact B600Make and Break Amps 30 15 7.5 6

Break Amps 3 1.5 .75 .6

Continuous Amps 5 5 5 5

NO Contact C600Make and Break Amps 15 7.5 3.375 3

Break Amps 1.5 .75 .375 .3

Continuous Amps 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Consists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal base adapter — permits fast and easy installation.


PriceU.S. $

C306DN3B + C306TB1C306GN3B + C306TB2B

C306DT3BC306GT3B

104.00180.00

Cat. No. C306TB1

These adapters are required when component overload relays are to be separately mounted. The terminal base adapter includes line terminals and connects with the overload relays listed above.


PriceU.S. $

For 32 Ampere Overload RelayFor 75 Ampere Overload Relay

C306TB1C306TB2B �

13.0025.75

Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial — helps prevent accidental or unautho-rized changes to trip and reset setting.

Description Min. OrderQuantity(Std. Pkg.)

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Clear cover, no accessibility 50 C320PC3 1.15

Gray cover, no accessibility, with Auto only nib

50 C320PC4 1.15

Gray cover, no accessibility, with Manual only nib

50 C320PC5 1.15

Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Auto only nib

50 C320PC6 *

Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Manual only nib

50 C320PC7 1.15

Description Catalog Number

PriceU.S. $

Series “A1” OverloadRelay Lug Adapter Kit

C306KAL1-3B 9.30


Cat. No. C306KAL1-3Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit

��

June 2005

34-92



34

FreedomRelays — Interchangeable Heater Overload Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0356]

Replacement Parts

Heater Pack Replacement The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of the Catalog Number. Series A or prior heater packs (identi-fied by either “A” or “-” as the 6th character) have built-in load lugs. Series B or later heater packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series A1 overload relay.

Table 34-144. Heater Pack Replacement Requirements

Table 34-145. Heater Pack Ratings


DimensionsTable 34-146. Stand-Alone Overload Relays — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights


Overload Relay Replacement — Series “A” OnlyWhen replacing a Catalog Number C306DN3 (Part Number 10-6044) or C306GN3 (10-6319) Series “A” overload relay on a starter, order a Series “B” overload relay and Series “B” heater packs.

Existing Heater PackCatalog Numbers

Replacement Product Required

H2001-3 – H2013-3H2001A-3 – H2013A-3

Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B Heater Pack

H2001B-3 – H2013B-3 Series B Heater Pack

H2014-3H2014A-3

When inventory is exhausted, replace with Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B Heater Pack

H2014B-3 Series B Heater Pack

H2015-3 – H2017-3 When inventory is exhausted, replace with heater pack chosen from Table 34-148

H2015A-3 – H2017A-3 When inventory is exhausted, replace with Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B Heater Pack

H2015B-3 – H2017B-3 Series B Heater Pack

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Order Heater PackCatalog Number

PriceU.S. $Dial Position

A B C D

29.039.653.9

32.544.360.4

36.049.166.8

39.553.874.9

H2015A-3H2016A-3H2017A-3

***

SupersededSeries AHeater Pack

Series BHeater Pack

Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs. (kg)

WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting

D E F (Slot)

G (Hole)

32A

75A

105 & 144A

1.77(45.0)2.54(64.5)4.00(101.6)

4.13(104.9)4.69(119.1)7.17(182.1)

3.69(93.7)3.74(95.0)4.91(124.7)

1.36(34.5)2.00(50.8)3.00(76.2)

3.74(95.0)3.45(87.6)6.62(168.1)

.18 x .30(4.6 x 7.6).22 x .26(5.6 x 6.6)—

.18 (4.6)Dia..21 (5.3)Dia.—

.8 (.4)1.4 (.6)4.0 (1.8)


DA C

C

EBEB

A DF

32A and 75A SizesC306DT3B/C306GT3B

105A and 144A SizesC306KN3/C306NN3

G

Mtg. Holes for (3)1/4-20 Screws

Superseded 32 AmpereSeries “A” Overload RelayCat. No. C306DN3

Superseded 75 AmpereSeries “A” Overload RelayCat. No. C306GN3

��

June 2005



34

FreedomRelays — Interchangeable Heater OverloadVol. 2, Ref. No. [0357]

Product Selection

Table 34-147. C306 Thermal Overload Relays

� NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32 ampere overload in conjunction with CTs.� Series “B” overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series “B”

heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail mounted using adapter on Page 34-91.

� These relays can be panel mounted only.

Heater Pack Selection

Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B (Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload relay base to allow load wir-ing prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had inte-gral load lugs. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have not changed.

Table 34-148. Starters with Series B Overload Relays

Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AE16DN0AB.

For Use with FreedomSeries Contactors

MaximumAmpereRating

NumberofPoles

Open Type Open Type with Adapter for DIN Rail or Panel Mount

NEMA 1 Enclosed

NEMA IEC CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

00, 01, 2345 – 8 �

A – FG – KL – MN—

32 �75 �

105 �144 �—

3333—

C306DN3BC306GN3BC306KN3C306NN3—

90.157.223.308.

—

C306DT3BC306GT3B———

104.180.

———

C306DG3BC306GG3B———

115.205.

———

32A OverloadCat. No. C306DN3B

75A OverloadCat. No. C306GN3B

Heater PackH2001B – H2017B

Heater PackH2101B – H2117B

Heater PackH2018 – H2024

NEMA — AN Type IEC — AE Type

Size Series Size Series

00 – 01 – 2567 – 8

CBBCB

A – FG – K

CB


��

June 2005

34-94



34

Freedom Relays — Interchangeable Heater Overload Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0358]

Table 34-149. Standard Trip — Class 20

� Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.

Table 34-150. Fast Trip — Class 10

� Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.

Note: Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers and prices are for 3 heater packs.

OverloadRelay Size

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating CatalogNumber(Includes 3HeaterPacks)


A B C D

For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B32A or75A

.254

.375

.560

.8141.20

.306

.452

.676

.9831.45

.359

.530

.7911.151.71

.411

.607

.9071.321.96

H2001B-3H2002B-3H2003B-3H2004B-3H2005B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

1.792.153.234.556.75

2.162.603.905.508.17

2.533.044.566.459.58

2.903.495.237.40

11.0

H2006B-3H2007B-3H2008B-3H2009B-3H2010B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

9.1414.018.723.5

10.816.922.728.5

12.419.926.733.5

14.022.830.738.5

H2011B-3H2012B-3H2013B-3H2014B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B75A 29.0

39.653.9

34.045.560.9

39.151.567.9

44.157.474.9

H2015B-3H2016B-3H2017B-3

39.2539.2539.25

For Use with NEMA Sizes 3 – 4, IEC Sizes L – N Only — Series A105A or144A

8.011.414.318.024.6

9.212.815.720.227.6

10.314.317.422.330.5

11.515.719.024.533.4

H2025-3H2026-3H2027-3H2018-3H2019-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

33.545.762.284.7

106.0

37.551.269.795.0

118.0

41.556.777.1

105.0131.0

45.662.184.6

115.0144.0

H2020-3H2021-3H2022-3H2023-3H2024-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 5 Starters — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT32A � 49

72107129194

5987

130156234

69103152182274

79118174209—

H2004B-3H2005B-3H2006B-3H2007B-3H2008B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT32A � 144

215258388

174259312468

205304365547

235348419627

H2005B-3H2006B-3H2007B-3H2008B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT32A � 163

240358430646

197290432520780

230342506608912

264392580698—

H2004B-3H2005B-3H2006B-3H2007B-3H2008B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT32A � 244

360537645969

295435648780

1170

345513759912

1368

396588870

1047—

H2004B-3H2005B-3H2006B-3H2007B-3H2008B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

OverloadRelay Size

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating CatalogNumber(Includes 3HeaterPacks)


A B C D

For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B32A or75A

.260

.384

.570

.8461.28

.313

.464

.6881.021.55

.367

.543

.8061.201.83

.420

.623

.9241.372.10

H2101B-3H2102B-3H2103B-3H2104B-3H2105B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

1.922.303.384.967.07

2.332.794.106.038.58

2.743.284.827.09

10.1

3.153.775.548.16

11.6

H2106B-3H2107B-3H2108B-3H2109B-3H2110B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

9.6014.418.723.5

11.217.521.827.3

12.820.725.031.0

14.423.828.134.8

H2111B-3H2112B-3H2113B-3H2114B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B75A 28.3

36.653.8

32.642.360.8

37.048.167.9

41.353.874.9

H2115B-3H2116B-3H2117B-3

39.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 5 Starters Only — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT32A � 51

77115138203

6193

140167246

72110164197289

82126189226—

H2104B-3H2105B-3H2106B-3H2107B-3H2108B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT32A � 154

230276406

186280335492

220329394578

252378452—

H2105B-3H2106B-3H2107B-3H2108B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT32A � 169

256384460676

204310466558820

240366543656—

274420630754—

H2104B-3H2105B-3H2106B-3H2107B-3H2108B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25

For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT32A � 254

384576690

1014

306465699837

1230

360549822984—

411630945

1131—

H2104B-3H2105B-3H2106B-3H2107B-3H2108B-3

39.2539.2539.2539.2539.25


��

June 2005



34

FreedomTechnical Data and SpecificationsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0359]

Table 34-151. Coil Data Notes All data is based on a standard contac-tor with no auxiliary devices and a 120V AC or 24V DC magnet coil. Coil data has a ±5% range depending on the application, therefore specific data may vary.

Table 34-152. Specifications — IEC Frames A – E

� Without optional IP20 finger shields.� See Pages 34-100 – 34-101 for ratings.

P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch.

D.O. Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation.

Cold Coil data with a cold coil.

Hot Coil data with a hot coil.

Description Contactor Catalog Number/Frame

CE15AIEC Frame A

CE15BIEC Frame B

CE15CIEC Frame C

CE15DIEC Frame D

CE15EIEC Frame E

Configuration:Number of PolesAux. Contacts, Std.Add-On Aux. Contacts

Frame Size

2, 3, 44th Pole NO (1)Top (4) or Side (4)45 mm



2, 3Side NO (1)Top (4) or Side (3)45 mm


Finger Protection � IP20 IP10

Insulation Voltage (Ui) 690V

Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp) 6 kV

Current Ratings (I) IEC 947-4-1AC-1 Thermal Current Ith230-380-460-575V 20 Amperes 20 Amperes 20 Amperes 32 Amperes 32 Amperes

kW hp I kW hp I kW hp I kW hp I kW hp I

AC-3 (le)230V380V460V575V

1.12.22.24.0

1-1/2—35

5.2A5.2A4.8A6.9A

1.54.04.05.5

2—57-1/2

6.8A9.1A7.8A9.4A

2.25.55.57.5

3—7-1/210

9.6A12A11A12A

4.07.57.5

11

5—1015

16A16A14A17A

5.5111115

7-1/2—1520

22A23A21A23A

AC-4 (le)230V380V460V575V

1.12.22.24.0

————

5.2A5.2A4.8A6.9A

1.54.04.05.5

1—23

6.8A9.1A7.8A9.4A

3.05.55.57.5

1.5—35

9.6A12A11A9.4A

4.07.57.5

11

2—57.5

16A16A14A12A

5.5111115

3—7-1/2

10

22A23A21A17A

AC Magnet Coil DataPick-Up Volts — ColdPick-Up Volts — HotPick-Up VoltamperesPick-Up WattsSealed Voltamperes

74%78%80497.5

74%78%80497.5

74%78%80497.5

74%78%1006510

74%78%1006510

Sealed WattsDrop-Out Volts — ColdDrop-Out Volts — HotMax. Operation Rate — Ops/HourPick-Up Time (mS)Drop-Out Time (mS)

2.445%46%12,0001212

2.445%46%12,0001212

2.445%46%12,0001212

3.145%46%12,0001212

3.145%46%12,0001212

Coil Operating Range % of Rated Voltage

-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%

DC Magnet Coil Data For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories Page 34-102.

Mechanical Life 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000

Electrical Life (440/460V)AC-3AC-4

2,000,00046,000

2,000,00070,000

2,200,00050,000

1,300,00060,000

1,600,00050,000

AWG Wire RangePower Terminals

Control Terminals

12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu





Power Terminal Torque — lb-in 7 7 7 15 15

Contact Kit Part No. None None None None None

Auxiliary Contact Ratings � A600, P300, AC-15, DC-13

��

June 2005

34-96



34

FreedomTechnical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0360]

Table 34-153. Specifications — IEC Frames F – K



CE15FIEC Frame F

CE15GIEC Frame G

CE15HIEC Frame H

CE15JIEC Frame J

CE15KIEC Frame K


Frame Size


2, 3, 4, 5Side NO (1)Top (4) or Side (3)65 mm




Finger Protection � IP10





AC-3 (le)230V380V460V575V

7.5151518.5

10—2025

28A30A27A28A

—18.518.522

10—2530

36A37A34A34A

11222230

15—3040

42A44A40A45A

15303030

20—4040

54A59A52A45A

18.5373737

25—5050

68A73A65A55A

AC-4 (le)230V380V460V575V

5.5111115

5—1015

22A23A21A19A

—18.518.522

7.5—1520

36A37A34A34A

11222230

10—2025

42A44A40A45A

15303037

10—2530

54A59A52A45A

15303037

15—3040

54A59A52A45A


74%78%1006510

74%78%2309528

74%78%2309528

74%78%2309528

74%78%2309528


3.145%46%12,0001212

7.849%50%12,0002014

7.849%50%12,0002014

7.849%50%12,0002014

7.849%50%12,0002014


-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%


Mechanical Life 20,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000


1,500,00055,000

1,400,00070,000

1,500,00075,000

1,600,00040,000

1,600,00032,000

AWG Wire RangePower Terminals

Control Terminals

8 – 16 Stranded10 – 14 Solid Cu

12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu

2 – 14 (Upper) and/or 6 – 14 (Lower)Stranded or Solid Cu12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu




Power Terminal Torque — lb-in 15 40 (14 – 8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 AWG)

40 (14 – 8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 AWG)

40 (14 – 8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 AWG)

40 (14 – 8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 AWG)

Contact Kit Part No. None 6-65-4 6-65-6 6-65-8 6-65-17


��

June 2005



34


Table 34-154. Specifications — IEC Frames L – R



CE15LIEC Frame L

CE15MIEC Frame M

CE15NIEC Frame N

CE15PIEC Frame P

CE15RIEC Frame R


Frame Size

2, 3Side NO (1)Left Side (4) or Right (3)90 mm



3Side NO-NC (1)Left Side (2) or Right (4)180 mm


Finger Protection � IP10 IP00





AC-3 (le)230V380V460V575V

22454555

30—6075

86A86A86A81A

30555575

40—75

100

106A106A106A105A

37757590

50—100125

140A140A140A105A

45909090

60—125125

170A170A170A130A

55110110110

75—150150

200A200A200A160A

AC-4 (le)230V380V460V575V

————

20—4040

68A73A65A55A

————

25—5050

86A86A86A55A

————

30—6075

106a106A106A81A

37656565

————

128A128A128A98A

45757575

————

150A140A140A105A


72%76%39011249.8

72%76%39011249.8

72%76%39011249.8

72.5%76%1040216116

72.5%76%1040216116


1350%52%7,2001411

1350%52%7,2001411

1350%52%7,2001411

1754%56%2,4002315

1754%56%2,4002315


-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%


Mechanical Life 6,000,000 6,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000


420,00041,000

420,00037,000

510,00036,000

500,00058,000

400,00056,000

AWG Wire RangePower TerminalsControl Terminals

1/0 – 14 Cu12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu

2/0 – 14 Cu/Al12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu

3/0 – 8 Cu/Al12 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu

350 kcmil – 612 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu


Power Terminal Torque — lb-in 35 (14 – 10 AWG)40 (8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)

40 (8 AWG)45 (6 – 4 AWG)50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)

200 375 375

Contact Kit Part No. 6-43-4 6-43-2 6-43-6 6-294 6-288


��

June 2005

34-98



34

FreedomTechnical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0362]

Table 34-155. Specifications — IEC Frames S – V

� Without optional IP20 finger shields.� See Pages 34-100 – 34-101 for ratings. � 20 – 30% of rated coil voltage.


CE15SIEC Frame S

CE15TIEC Frame T

CE15UIEC Frame U

CE15VIEC Frame V


Frame Size


3Top Left 2NO-2NC (1)Top Right 2NO-2NC (1)220 mm



Finger Protection � IP00

Insulation Voltage (Ui) 690V 1000V

Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp) 6 kV N/A

Current Ratings (I) IEC 947-4-1AC-1 Thermal Current Ith230-380-460-575V 315 Amperes 600 Amperes, 1000V 760 Amperes, 1000V 1000 Amperes, 1000V

kW hp I kW I hp/V kW I hp/V kW I hp/V

AC-3 (le)230V380V460V575V

90160160160

100—200200

300A300A300A210A

129220240300300220

450A450A450A420A350A170A

125/220V125/230V250/460V250/575V

160280315375375355

550A550A550A520A450A260A

150/200V150/230V350/460V350/575V

220375400500500500

700A700A700A630A630A350A

150/200V200/230V400/460V400/575V

AC-4 (le)230V380V460V575V

509090

110

————

170A170A170A160A

55959595

110

180A180A180A140A140A

—————

60105105100132

200200200145145

—————

65110110105140

220A220A220A150A150A

—————


72.5%76%1040216116

75%75%95079811

75%75%95079811

75%75%1600134525


1754%56%2,4002315

10�

�

N/A100170

10�

�

N/A100170

22�

�

N/A105200


-15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%


Mechanical Life 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000


300,00052,000

420,0004,200

420,0004,200

420,0004,200



(2) 600 kcmil – 2/012 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid Cu



Power Terminal Torque — lb-in 375 375 375 550

Contact Kit Part No. 6-286 6-621 6-622 6-601


��

June 2005



34


Table 34-156. Specifications — IEC Frames W – Z

� 20 – 30% of rated coil voltage.

Table 34-157. Utilization Categories

� Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor is running.� Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small movements of the motor driven load.


CE15WIEC Frame W

CE15XIEC Frame X

CE15ZIEC Frame Z


Frame Size



3Outside Left 2NO-1NC6NO-7NC334 mm

Finger Protection IP00


Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp) N/A

Current Ratings (I) IEC 947-4-1AC-1 Thermal Current Ith230-380-460-575V 1000 Amperes 1100 Amperes 1350 Amperes

kW I hp/V kW I hp/V kW I hp/V

AC-3 (le)220/240V380V415/440V500/550V660V1000V

220375400500500500

700A700A650A680A515A—

250/230V—500/460V500/575V——

270475500600600550

850A850A820A———

300/230V—600/460V600/575V——

380650700840——

1180A—————

450/230V—900/460V900/575V——

AC-4 (le)220/240V380V415/440V500/550V660V

65110110105140

220A220A220A150A150A

—————

80150160185185

260A280A280A265A200A

—————

132220230257257

425A400A400A365A280A

—————


75%75%1000—23

75%75%1000—23

75%75%2400—70


—�

�

—100150 – 1000

—�

�

—100150 – 1000

—�

�

—10025 – 50


-15% to +10%

Mechanical Life 10,000,000


600,00060,000

600,00010,000


(2) 750 kcmil – 3/012 – 16 Stranded12 – 14 Solid



Power Terminal Torque — lb-in 550 550 500

Contact Kit Part No. 6-601 6-613 6-571

Auxiliary Contact Ratings A600, P300, AC-15, DC-13

The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The categories describe the type of electrical load and the conditions for making and breaking the current.

Category Typical Application

AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.

AC-2 Slip-ring motors: Starting, plugging. �

AC-3 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most industrial applications typically fall into this category).

AC-4 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging �, inching � (very few applications in industry are totally AC-4).

AC-11 Control of alternating current electromagnetic circuits (auxiliary contacts).

��

June 2005

34-100



34

FreedomAccessories Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0364]

Auxiliary Contacts

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — IEC Sizes A – KThe auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installa-tion on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation.

These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits.

Table 34-158. Selection Product

Note: NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.� For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See below.

Contact Configuration CodeThis two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of NC contacts.

NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — IEC Sizes L – ZTable 34-159. Product Selection

� For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See below left.� NO-NC occupies two positions — L2 and L3, or R2 and R3. See next

page.

Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)

Table 34-160. NEMA A600

Table 34-161. NEMA P300

Table 34-162. Logic Level

Description ContactConfiguration Code �

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Side Mounted1NO1NO (Logic Level)1NC

101001

C320KGS1C320KGS1LC320KGS2

25.7551.5025.75

1NO-1NC1NO-1NC (Logic Level)2NO2NO (Logic Level)2NC1NO-1NCI1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)1NCI

1111202002N/AN/AN/A

C320KGS3C320KGS3LC320KGS4C320KGS4LC320KGS5C320KGS6C320KGS7C320KGS8

34.7570.0034.7570.0034.7534.7534.7534.75

Top Mounted1NO1NC

1001

C320KGT1C320KGT2

25.7525.75

1NO-1NC1NO-1NC (Logic Level)2NO2NC1NO-1NCI1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)1NCI

11112002N/AN/AN/A

C320KGT3C320KGT3LC320KGT4C320KGT5C320KGT6C320KGT7C320KGT8

34.7570.0034.7534.7534.7534.7534.75

3NO2NO-1NC1NO-2NC3NC4NO

3021120340

C320KGT9C320KGT10C320KGT11C320KGT12C320KGT13

70.0070.0070.0070.0070.00

3NO-1NC2NO-2NC2NO-2NC (Logic Level)1NO-3NC4NC3NO-1NCI

3122221304N/A

C320KGT14C320KGT15C320KGT15LC320KGT16C320KGT17C320KGT18

70.0070.0070.0070.0070.0070.00

2NO-1NCI-1NC2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)

N/AN/AN/A

C320KGT19C320KGT20C320KGT21

70.0070.0070.00

Side Mounted Top Mounted

Circuit ContactConfigurationCode �

Catalog Number PriceU.S. $

Base Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – SNEMA Size 3IEC Sizes L – N

NEMA Sizes 4 – 5IEC Sizes P – S

NONO-NC

1011

C320KGS31C320KGS32

C320KGS41C320KGS42

51.5070.00

Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – SCatalog Number

NONCNO-NC �

100111

C320KGS20C320KGS21C320KGS22

51.5051.5070.00

Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 6 – 8, IEC Sizes T – ZSize Catalog Number

NO-NC2NO-2NC2NO-2NC

112222

NEMA 8, IEC ZNEMA 6 – 7IEC T – X

C320KA5C320KA6C320KA8

186.00186.00210.00

Current AC Volts

120V 240V 480V 600V

Make and InterruptingBreakContinuous

606

10

303

10

151.5

10

121

10

Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A

DC Volts Make/Break Amperes

125250

1.10.55

Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application

Minimum AmperesMinimum Volts

20 mA24V AC/DC


Base Auxiliary Contact Cat. No. C320KGS42

Auxiliary ContactCat. No. C320KGS22

��

June 2005



34

FreedomAccessoriesVol. 2, Ref. No. [0365]

Auxiliary Contact Location

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – KThe sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations.

Table 34-163. Auxiliary Contacts

� Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.

� When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.

Figure 34-42. Auxiliary Contact Location

NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC Sizes L – ZThe sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations.

Note: A Base Auxiliary Contact must be added in position R1 before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes L – N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4 – 5 and IEC Sizes P – S.

Table 34-164. Auxiliary Contacts

� Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.

Figure 34-43. Auxiliary Contact Location

CatalogNumber

Size Poles Available Mounting Positions ��

Open Type Enclosed

AE16 A – K 3 T1, L1 L1

AN16 000 – 2

33

T1, L1, R1T1, L1

L1L1

AE56 A – K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1

AN56 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —

CE15 A – CD – KG – JG – J

2 – 4345

T1, L1, R1T1, L1T1, R1T1

L1, R1L1——

CN15 000 – 21, 21, 2

2 – 42 – 345

T1, L1, R1T1, L1T1, L1T1, L1

L1L1——

CN35 10A20 – 60A60A60A

2 – 42 – 345

T1, L1, R1T1, L1T1, L1T1, L1

L1L1——

CE55 A – K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1

CN55 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —

L1

T1 T2

R1

L1 T1 T2 R1

L1

T1

Top View

Front View

L1 T1 R1

Front View

ReversingContactors and Starters

Non-reversingContactors and Starters

Top View

R1

Size Available Mounting Positions �

NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L – N R2, R3, L1, L2, L3

NEMA Sizes 4 – 5, IEC Sizes P – S L2, L3, R1, R2, R3

NEMA Sizes 6 – 7, IEC Sizes T – X R1

NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z L2, R2

NEMA Sizes 6 – 7IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X

NEMA Sizes 3 – 5IEC Sizes L – S

NEMA Size 8IEC Size Z

L1 R1

L1

Frontof Contactor

Left Sideof Contactor

L2

Aux.Cont.

L3

Aux.Cont.

R2

Aux.Cont.

R3

Aux.Cont.

L1

BaseAux.Cont.

R1

BaseAux.Cont.

Rea

r Rear

Right Sideof Contactor

R1

L2 R2

��

June 2005

34-102



34


DC Magnet Coils

When Ordering Specify Conversion Kit for Field Assembly

■ Catalog Number

Factory Installed DC Coil

■ For factory installed DC magnet coil on AC contactors or non-combina-tion starters (open type only), sub-stitute the Code Suffix from table below for the magnet coil identifier in the device Catalog Number.EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor with a 24V DC coil, change CN15BN3AC to CN15BN3T1C.

Application■ Connect for separate control■ Not for use with cover control

switch operators■ Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot

devices ■ Designed for +10%, -20% rated volt-

age, continuous duty operation

Non-reversing Kit Consists of:■ 1 Encapsulated DC magnet coil■ 1 NCI or NO/NCI side mounted

auxiliary contactNote: These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.

■ 2 Blue colored connection wires■ 1 Instruction publication

OperationThese DC coil kits have separate pick-up and seal windings. A special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. DC coil kits come in two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. The 1 suffix contains only the special (side mounted) early break NCI auxiliary contact. The 4 suffix contains a NO contact in the same package as the special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact.

Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC Sizes A – F, contactors may utilize either suffix 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize suffix 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes G – K, both contactors and starters may utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only.

On the above sizes only, when the special auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, no standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side.

Note: For NEMA Sizes 3 – 5 and IEC Sizes L – S, the special coil NCI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter.

See Figure 34-44, Page 34-103.

Table 34-165. Product Selection DC Magnet Coils

� These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.� Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.� Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlock-

ing. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.� Available factory assembled only.� Two required per reversing assembly.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Contactor or Starter Size

Conversion Data Complete Conversion Kit Factory Installed

Volts Magnet Coil NCIInterlockNumber

NEMA IEC CoilNumber

AmpsP.U./Seal

WattsP.U./Seal

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S $

Ship Wt.Lbs. (kg)

CodeSuffix

AdderU.S $

Non-reversing — Kit includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact00 and 0CN35 – A, B, DD15 Relays

A – F 122448

120

9-2988-119-2988-129-2988-139-2988-14

6.4/.283.2/.141.6/.07.64/.028

76.8/3.3676.8/3.3676.8/3.3676.8/3.36


C335KD3R1C335KD3T1C335KD3W1C335KD3A1

39.2539.2539.2539.25

1.0 (.5) R1T1W1A1

36.2536.2536.2536.25

�

00 and 0CN35 – A, B, DD15 Relays

A – F 122448

120

9-2988-119-2988-129-2988-139-2988-14

6.4/.283.2/.141.6/.07.64/.028

76.8/3.3676.8/3.3676.8/3.3676.8/3.36

C320KGD2 �C320KGD2 �C320KGD2 �C320KGD2 �


65.0065.0065.0065.00

1.0 (.5) R4T4W4A4

57.0057.0057.0057.00

1 and 2CN35 – G

G – K 122448

120

9-2990-19-2990-29-2990-39-2990-4

15.4/.427.7/.213.9/.111.5/.041

185/4.98185/4.96185/5.04185/4.87



65.0065.0065.0065.00

1.0 (.5) R4T4W4A4

62.5062.5062.5062.50

3CN35 – K

L – N 122448

120

9-3002-19-3002-29-3002-39-3002-4

24/.4012/.206.1/.0972.5/.038

293/4.84288/4.75295/4.67298/4.57



97.0097.00

*97.00

2.0 (.9) R1T1W1A1

95.5095.5095.5095.50

4 and 5CN35 – N, S

P – S 2448

120240

9-2026-49-2026-39-2026-29-2026-1

18/.229/.113.3/.051.7/.02

400/5.3400/5.2450/5.4440/4.9


C335KA3T1C335KA3W1C335KA3A1C335KA3B1

457.00457.00457.00457.00

2.5 (1.1) T1BW1BA1BB1B

337.00337.00337.00337.00

Reversing00 and 0CN35 – A, B, DD15 Relays

A – F 122448

120

9-2988-1 �9-2988-2 �9-2988-3 �9-2988-4 �

6.4/.283.2/.141.6/.07.64/.028

76.8/3.3676.8/3.3676.8/3.3676.8/3.36


C335KD3R1 ��

C335KD3T1 ��

C335KD3W1 ��

C335KD3A1 ��

39.2539.2539.2539.25

1.0 (0.9) R1 �

T1 �

W1 �

A1 �

130.00130.00130.00130.00

1 and 2CN35 – G

G – K 122448

120

9-2990-1 �9-2990-2 �9-2990-3 �9-2990-4 �

15.4/.427.7/.213.9/.111.5/.041

185/4.98185/4.96185/5.04185/4.87


� R1 �

T1 �

W1 �

A1 �

228.00228.00228.00228.00


��



June 2005

34


Figure 34-44. Elementary Diagrams � 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only.

Remote Reset Module (32A Overload Relay)The C316RR remote reset module for the C316F, C316S and C316U overload relays allows remote resetting of tripped (32A) overload relays by means of an electrical solenoid attach-ment which mounts on the side of the overload relay.


Figure 34-45. Remote Reset Module — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

AuxiliaryContact

ImportantIncoming DC mustbe connectedbetween A1 andTop A2 Terminal.

A1 A2 A1 A2 Top

A2 Bottom

3

NCI

NO�

�

32

3

NCINO2

Hold Pick-UpHold

Pick-Up

DC Coil Elementary Diagramfor NEMA Sizes 1 – 3and IEC Sizes G – N

Contactors and Starters

DC Coil Elementary Diagramfor NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 & 5and IEC Sizes A – F & P – S

Contactors and Starters

Remote Reset ModuleOperating Voltage

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

24V 50/60 Hz110V 50/60 Hz

C316RR1UC316RR1A

53.50*

3.06(77.7)

2.62(66.5)

1.71(43.5)

.96(24.5)

.47(12)

1.97(50.1)

2.51(63.7)

3.08(78.3)

3.89(98.7)

1.48(37.7)

NoteThe operating coil is not suitable for a continuous duty. Recommendedimpulse duration .2 – .35 seconds with 15 operations maximum per hour.

Metal Mounting Plates

Table 34-167. For Use on IEC Style Contactors, Starters and Overload Relays

� For use with DIN rail and base mounting adapters listed on Page 34-91.

For dimensions, see Page 34-104.


Application CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

ContactorsIEC Sizes A – FIEC Sizes G – K

C321MP1C321MP2

13.0021.60

Non-reversing StartersIEC Sizes A – FIEC Sizes G – K

C321MP3C321MP4

21.6034.75

Overload Relays �32A75A

C321MP5C321MP6

13.0021.60

Reversing StartersIEC Sizes A – FIEC Sizes G – KIEC Sizes L – N

C321MP7C321MP12C321MP11

34.7551.5080.00

Reversing ContactorsIEC Sizes A – FIEC Sizes G – KIEC Sizes L – N

C321MP8C321MP9C321MP13

25.7534.75

*

Discount Symbol (Remote Reset) . . . . . . . . 1CD7Discount Symbol (Mounting Plates) . . . . . . 1CD1C

��

June 2005

34-104



34


Table 34-168. Metal Mounting Plates — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights

� 2-hole mounting.� 3-hole mounting.

3-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block KitIEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2

Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits.

Table 34-169. Selection Product

� Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Table 34-170. Fuse Block Kit — Approximate Dimensions

Figure 34-46. Fuse Block Kit — Approximate Dimensions

CatalogNumber

Dimensions in Inches (mm) ShipWt.Lbs. (kg)

Wide High Mounting

C321MP1C321MP2C321MP3C321MP4C321MP5

2.00 (50.8)2.56 (65.0)1.80 (45.7)2.56 (65.0)1.77 (45.0)

3.88 (98.6)5.05 (128.3)6.60 (167.6)8.08 (205.2)4.63 (117.6)

1.50 x 3.38 (38.1 x 85.9)2.00 x 4.50 (50.8 x 114.3)6.07 (154.2) �2.00 x 7.63 (50.8 x 193.8)4.27 (108.5) �

.2 (.1)

.4 (.2)

.7 (.3)

.6 (.3)

.3 (.1)

C321MP6C321MP7C321MP8C321MP9

2.52 (64.0)4.20 (106.7)4.20 (106.7)5.66 (143.8)

5.14 (130.6)7.38 (187.5)4.35 (110.5)5.05 (128.3)

2.00 x 4.59 (50.8 x 116.6)3.50 x 6.87 (88.9 x 174.5)3.50 x 3.86 (88.9 x 98.0)5.25 x 3.63 (133.4 x 92.2)

.4 (.2)

.8 (.4)

.5 (.2)

.8 (.4)

C321MP11C321MP12C321MP13

8.70 (221.0)5.71 (145.0)8.70 (221.0)

11.35 (288.3)8.08 (205.2)7.17 (182.1)

7.00 x 10.81 (177.8 x 274.6) �5.25 x 6.75 (133.4 x 171.5) �7.00 x 6.63 (177.8 x 168.4) �

1.2 (.5).9 (.4).9 (.4)

Fuse Type CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Class HClass R

——

30A 250V30A 250V

C350KH21C350KR21

82.96.

Class GClass GClass GClass G

————

15A 300V20A 300V30A 300V60A 300V

C350KG37C350KG38C350KG31C350KG32

104.104.104.156.

Class TClass T

——

30A 300V60A 300V

C350KT31C350KT32

**

Class JClass JType MClass CC

————

30A 600V60A 600V30A 600V �30A 600V

C350KJ61C350KJ62C350KM61C350KC63

133.156.82.82.

Class TClass T

——

30A 600V60A 600V

C350KT61C350KT62

121.133.

Fuse Block Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Class Amperes Volts Wide A High B Deep C D

G 15, 20, 3060

300300

2.40 (61.0)2.62 (66.5)

3.00 (76.2)4.25 (108.0)

2.04 (51.8)2.08 (52.8)

——

H 30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)

J 30, 60 600 4.81 (122.2) 4.12 (104.6) 2.82 (71.6) —

M, CC 30 600 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) —

R 30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)

T 30, 603060

300600600

3.44 (87.4)3.75 (95.3)4.87 (123.7)

3.00 (76.2)3.31 (84.1)3.00 (76.2)

2.33 (59.2)2.26 (57.4)2.58 (65.5)

———


A C

MountingPlate

D

B

��

June 2005



34


Mechanical Interlock and Reversing KitsMechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Free-dom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be ordered separately. See Page 34-100.

Table 34-171. Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)

� Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.

Table 34-172. Mechanical Interlock Only ��

� Without cross-wiring.� For use with latest series product.

Solid-State Timers

Solid-State ON DELAY Timer — Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00 – 2, IEC A – K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame

This timer is designed to be wired in SERIES with the load (typically a coil). When the START button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized.

Table 34-173. Product Selection — Mounted Timer

� Add operating voltage Suffix to Catalog Number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V

� Rated .5 ampere pilot duty – not to be used on larger contactors.� Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.

Shorting Bar KitsThese kits provide phase-to-phase power connections of contactors for field assembly. The kits include bus connec-tions and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor.


Pneumatic Timers — Top MountedAttachment mounts on top of any NEMA Size 00 – 2 or IEC Size A – K Freedom Series starter or contactor (top mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC isolated timed

contacts — circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY or vice-versa.

Table 34-175. Maximum Ampere Ratings




PriceU.S. $NEMA Size IEC Size

000123

A – CD – F—G – K—

C321KM60K14BC321KM60K13BC321KM60K15BC321KM60K16BC321KM60K17 �

43.0043.0065.0065.0086.50

——45—

L and MN——P – S

C321KM60K21 �

C321KM60K18 �

C321KM60K19 �

C321KM60K20 �

C321KM60K44 �

86.5086.5086.5086.5086.50


PriceU.S. $NEMA Size IEC Size Contactor

Mounting

00 – 2 A – K Horizontal C321KM60B 19.30

3 L – N Horizontal C321KM30 65.00

3 to 4 N to P Horizontal C321KM43 70.50

4 P – S Horizontal C321KM40 65.00

4 to 5 — Horizontal C321KM45 65.00

4 to 6 S to T/U Horizontal C321KM80 86.50

5 — Horizontal C321KM50 65.00

5 to 6 — Horizontal C321KM56 *

6 T and U Horizontal C321KM70 86.50

6 to 7 T/U to V – X Horizontal C321KM90 86.50

7 V, W and X Horizontal C321KM34 331.00

4 or 5 to 5 P – S to 5 Vertical C321KM55 63.00

5 to 6 — Vertical C321KM65 70.50

6 T and U Vertical C321KM66 83.00

6 to 7 T/U to V – X Vertical C321KM67 *

Cat. No.C321KM60B

Part No.23-7165

Wire Set

Timing Range CatalogNumber ��

PriceU.S. $

.1 – 1.0 Seconds1 – 30 Seconds

30 – 300 Seconds5 – 30 Minutes

C320TDN1_C320TDN30_C320TDN300_C320TDN2000_

109.00109.00109.00

*


PriceU.S. $

NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L – NNEMA Size 4, IEC Sizes P – SNEMA Size 5NEMA Size 6, IEC Sizes T and U

C321SB18C321SB19C321SB21C321SB22

21.6025.75

**

Description Volts AC

120 240 480 600

MakeBreak

303

151.5

7.5.75

6.6

Timing Range CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

.1 to 30 Seconds10 to 180 Seconds

C320TP1C320TP2

207.00207.00


��

June 2005

34-106



34


Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 OnlySnap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the over-load relay trip setting dial — helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.


Control Circuit Fuse BlockThese panel mounted fuse holders, designed for control circuit protec-tion or other similar low current requirements, have extractor type fuse

caps. The Class CC rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in these holders are intended for use with equipment designated as being suitable for use on systems having high available fault currents. If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR fuse kit may be required for control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.


� A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R (13/32" x 1-1/2") fuse, 600V maximum.

� Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.


DIN Rail Mounting Channel — 35 mm Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC style contactors and starters.

DIN Rail


Finger Protection ShieldsSnap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide IEC Type IP20 Finger Protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals.



Description Min. OrderingQty. (Std. Pkg.)

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Clear cover, no accessibility 50 C320PC3 1.15

Gray cover, no accessibility, with Auto only nib

50 C320PC4 1.15

Gray cover, no accessibility, with Manual only nib

50 C320PC5 1.15

Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions an Auto only nib

50 C320PC6 *

Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions and Manual only nib

50 C320PC7 1.15

Type Max.Amperes

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Fuse HolderOnly

1530

C320FB �

C320FBR �21.6043.00

.97(24.6)

1.25 (31.8)1.88 (47.8)

1.19(30.2)

.88(22.4)

2.06(52.3)

Fuse


PriceU.S. $

1 Meter Length MC382MA1 8.65


PriceU.S. $

NEMA Size 00,IEC Sizes A – C

NEMA Size 0,IEC Sizes D – F

C320LS1

C320LS2

4.45

4.45

NEMA Sizes 1 – 2, IEC Sizes G – K

ContactorsReversing Contactors

C320LS3C320LS4

5.908.65

NEMA Size 1StartersReversing Starters

C320LS5C320LS6

5.90*

NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K

StartersReversing Starters

C320LS7C320LS8

5.90*

Adapter to DIN Rail Mount NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K ContactorsDesigned to allow DIN rail mounting of NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K contactors. Includes all hardware required to con-vert contactors from panel mounting to 35 mm DIN rail mounting.


Transient Suppressor KitsNEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K

These kits limit high voltage transients pro-duced in the control circuit when power is removed from the con-tactor or starter coil. There are three sepa-rate suppressors for use on 24 – 120V, 208 – 240V or 277 – 480V coils respectively.

These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series con-tactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K and lighting contactors 10 – 60A. Reversing devices will require two.


� Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, 50 and 60 Hz.

NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – SThis device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S and lighting con-

tactors 100 – 300A. It connects across coil terminals on any 120V contactor or starter magnet coil (reversing start-ers or contactors require 2).

Limits high voltage transients pro-duced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil.


CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

C320DN65 24.00

Description Coil Voltage50/60 Hz �

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

TransientSuppressor

24 – 120V208 – 240V277 – 480V

C320TS1C320TS2C320TS3

51.5051.5051.50

Description CoilVoltage

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

TransientSuppressor

120V C320AS1 74.50


Cat. No.C320TS2

��

June 2005



34


DC/AC Interface ModuleThe Catalog Number C320DC Interface Module is an optically isolated solid-state switch which provides a means of operating AC coils with a 5 – 48V DC control signal. It acts as a space saving interposing relay which

can switch a specified 50/60 Hz AC source to the contactor or starter coil.

The module may be directly attached to the coil terminals of any Freedom Series contactor or starter — NEMA Sizes 00 – 3, IEC Sizes A – N and light-ing contactors 10 – 100A. It also has provisions for DIN rail mounting.

The module will operate coils within the voltage ranges shown below.

Design Characteristics■ DC Input: 5 – 48V DC ±10% at

mA nominal■ AC Operating Voltage: 240V AC

max. (360 VA) ±10% 50/60 Hz■ DC Operating Voltage: 30V DC max.

(5A)■ AC Current Rating:

❑ 10A make (inrush) ❑ 1A break (sealed)

Table 34-184. Controller Coil Voltage Ranges

Figure 34-48. Typical Application


Controller CatalogNumber Prefix

ControllerSize or Rating

Coil RangeVolts AC

AE16, AE17, AE56, AE57, CE15, CE55

A – FG – KL – N

24 – 24048 – 240

110 – 240

AN16, AN56, CN15, CN55

00 – 01 – 23

24 _ 24048 – 240

110 – 240

CN35 10 – 30A60A

100A

24 – 24048 – 240

110 – 240

CoilVoltage

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

6V DC9V DC

C320DC2V6C320DC2V9

**

12V DC24V DC48V DC

C320DC2V12C320DC2V24C320DC2V48

***

Cat. No.C320DC

5 – 48V DC InputObservePolarity

on Module

24 – 240V AC50/60 Hz

Contactor Coil

Solid-State Switch

Adhesive Dust Cover

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – KThese adhesive stickers come 25 to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – K. Adhesive covers are easily applied to side open-ing where auxiliaries are not installed

and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris.


Add-On Power Pole Kit

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – KThis device mounts on the side of Freedom NEMA Size 00 – 2 and IEC Size A – K contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and carries UL, cUL and IEC rat-ings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications.

Table 34-187. Product Selection — Add-On Power Pole Kit

Special ModificationsTable 34-188. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AN16, AE56, AE57, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CE55, CN55

� These modifications are generally available in Kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for Kit listings.

� Consult factory for price. *Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

C320DSTCVR (25 to a package) *

UL Ampere Rating IEC 947 Ampere Rating 1NOPowerPoleCatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $Inductive

600VResistive600V

hp1-Phase

LockedRotor 240V

LightingBallastTungsten480V

AC-1 600V

AC-3 600V

AC-5aAC-5b480V115V 230V

15 20 1/2 2 96 20 20 12 18 C320PPD10 36.25

Addition or Special Feature Starter Size and Price Adder (U.S. $) — NEMA/IEC

00/A – C

0/D – F

1—

2/G – K

3/L – N

4/P – S

5/T – U

6/V

7/W, X

8/Z

Control CircuitExtra Auxiliary Circuit, Factory Installed NO or NC — each contact �

�

Transient Suppressor � �

Power CircuitContactor/Starter for Ring Lug Capability — Add Mod Code T16 to Catalog Number (Power Terminals Only, Control Termi-nals as Standard) Stand-Alone Overload Relays Cannot Accept Ring Lugs on Line Side.

�

Factory Installed Dust CoversFactory Installed C320DSTCVR – Add Mod Code -53 to Catalog Number �

� NA NA NA NA NA NA


��

June 2005

34-108



34

Freedom Renewal Parts Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0372]

Table 34-189. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AE56, AE57, CE15 and CE55 — IEC Frames A – F

� Non-encapsulated coils. � Replace with complete contactor. *Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Description IEC FramesA – F

PriceU.S. $

IEC FramesA – C �

PriceU.S. $

IEC FramesD – F �

PriceU.S. $

Series A1 Series B1 Series C1 Series B1 Series C1

Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.

Renewal Parts Publication Number None None None None None

Contact Kits2-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

�

�

�

�

————

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

————

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

————

Magnet Coils Coil Suffix120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz

ABCD

9-2650-19-2650-29-2650-39-2650-4

86.86.86.

*

9-2875-19-2875-29-2875-39-2875-4

9-2875-19-2875-29-2875-39-2875-4

86.86.86.86.

9-2876-19-2876-29-2876-39-2876-4

9-2876-19-2876-29-2876-39-2876-4

86.86.86.86.

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .208/240V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . .240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .

EHJKL

9-2650-59-2650-13—9-2650-129-2650-6

86.86.—*

86.

9-2875-59-2875-129-2875-379-2875-119-2875-6

9-2875-59-2875-129-2875-379-2875-119-2875-6

86.86.86.86.86.

9-2876-59-2876-129-2876-379-2876-119-2876-6

9-2876-19-2876-29-2876-379-2876-39-2876-4

86.86.86.86.86.

24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TTUVWY

—9-2650-79-2650-149-2650-99-2650-89-2650-10

—86.86.

***

9-2875-36—9-2875-139-2875-169-2875-89-2875-9

9-2875-36—9-2875-139-2875-169-2875-89-2875-9

86.—

86.86.86.86.

9-2876-36—9-2876-139-2876-169-2876-89-2876-9

9-2876-36—9-2876-139-2876-169-2876-89-2876-9

86.—

86.86.86.86.

Overload RelaysFor replacement on existing starters: 3-Pole — AmbientCompensated Bimetallic . . . . . . . . . . . . C306DN3B 90. C306DN3B C306DN3B 90. C306DN3B C306DN3B 90.

Current TransformerTransformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — —

Magnet Frame Armature Lower Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Upper Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

�

�——

�

�

�

�——

�

�

�

�——


��

June 2005



34

FreedomRenewal PartsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0373]

Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.

Table 34-190. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AE56, AE57, CE15 and CE55 — IEC Frames G and H


Description IEC Frame G PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame H PriceU.S. $Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1

Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.

Renewal Parts Publication Number 20862 22178 20862 22178


6-65-36-65-46-65-116-65-12

6-65-36-65-46-65-116-65-12

117.00175.00233.00289.00

6-65-56-65-66-65-136-65-14

6-65-56-65-66-65-136-65-14

127.00189.00252.00313.00


ABCD

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

102.00102.00

*102.00

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

102.00102.00

*102.00

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .

EHKL

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

102.00102.00

*102.00

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

102.00102.00

*102.00


TTUVWY

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—102.00102.00

*102.00102.00

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—102.00102.00

*102.00102.00

Overload RelaysFor replacement on existing starters: 3-Pole — AmbientCompensated Bimetallic . . . . . . . . . . . . C306GN3B C306GN3B 157.00 C306GN3B C306GN3B 157.00

Current TransformerTransformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —

Magnet Frame ArmatureLower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17-1820048-1936

17-1820048-1936

23.5021.80

17-1820048-1936

17-1820048-1936

23.5021.80


��

June 2005

34-110



34

FreedomRenewal Parts Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0374]


Table 34-191. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AE56, AE57, AE800, CE15 and CE55 — IEC Frames J and K


Description IEC Frame J PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame K PriceU.S. $Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1

Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.

Renewal Parts Publication Number 20862 22178 20862 22178


6-65-76-65-86-65-156-65-16

6-65-76-65-86-65-156-65-16

157.00233.00308.00

*

6-65-186-65-19——

6-65-186-65-19——

163.00*

——


ABCD

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

102.00102.00

*102.00

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

9-2703-19-2703-29-2703-39-2703-4

102.00102.00

*102.00

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .

EHKL

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

102.00102.00

*102.00

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

9-2703-99-2703-79-2703-149-2703-8

102.00102.00

*102.00


TTUVWY

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—102.00102.00

*102.00102.00

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—9-2703-69-2703-129-2703-109-2703-119-2703-13

—102.00102.00

*102.00102.00

Overload RelaysFor replacement on existing starters: 3-Pole — AmbientCompensated Bimetallic . . . . . . . . . . . . C306GN3B C306GN3B 157.00 C306GN3B C306GN3B 157.00

Current TransformerTransformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —

Magnet Frame ArmatureLower Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Upper Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17-1820048-1936

17-1820048-1936

23.5021.80

17-1820048-1936

17-1820048-1936

23.5021.80


��

June 2005



34



Table 34-192. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AE56, AE57, AE800, CE15 and CE55 — IEC Frames L – N


Description IEC Frame L PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame M PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame N PriceU.S. $Part No. Part No. Part No.

Renewal Parts Publication Number 20427 20427 20427


6-43-36-43-4——

254.00380.00

——

6-43 6-43-2——

254.00380.00

——

6-43-56-43-6——

254.00380.00

——


ABCD

9-2756-19-2756-29-2756-39-2756-4

165.00165.00165.00165.00

9-2756-19-2756-29-2756-39-2756-4

165.00165.00165.00165.00

9-2756-19-2756-29-2756-39-2756-4

165.00165.00165.00165.00

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 – 450V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . .

EHKL

9-2756-59-2756-99-2756-13—

165.00165.00165.00

—

9-2756-59-2756-99-2756-13—

165.00165.00165.00

—

9-2756-59-2756-99-2756-13—

165.00165.00165.00

—

340V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LMN

9-2756-129-2756-89-2756-14

165.00165.00

*

9-2756-129-2756-89-2756-14

165.00165.00

*

9-2756-129-2756-89-2756-14

165.00165.00

*


TTUVWY

—9-2756-69-2756-119-2756-109-2756-159-2756-7

—165.00165.00165.00

**

—9-2756-69-2756-119-2756-109-2756-159-2756-7

—165.00165.00165.00

**

—9-2756-69-2756-119-2756-109-2756-159-2756-7

—165.00165.00165.00

**

Overload RelaysFor replacement on existing starters: 3-Pole — AmbientCompensated Bimetallic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6530 268.00 10-6530-2 268.00 10-6530-3 268.00

Current TransformerTransformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —

Magnet Frame ArmatureLower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17-8955-248-1902

56.5023.20

17-8955-248-1902

56.5023.20

17-8955-248-1902

56.5023.20


��

June 2005

34-112



34

FreedomRenewal Parts Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0376]


Table 34-193. For Catalog Number CE15 Contactors — IEC Frames P – S

Table 34-194. For Catalog Number CE15 Contactors — IEC Frames T – V

� Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Description IEC Frame P PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame R PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame S PriceU.S. $Part No. Part No. Part No.


Contact Kits Size 6-294 725.00 6-288 725.00 6-286 725.00

Magnet Coils Coil Suffix120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . 200V 50 Hz or 118V 60 Hz. . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . 254V 50 Hz or 277V 60 Hz. . . . 380V 50 Hz or 415V 60 Hz. . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . .

AEBHLCD

9-1891-1—9-1891-2——9-1891-39-1891-4

177.00—

177.00——

177.00177.00

9-1891-1—9-1891-2——9-1891-39-1891-4

177.00—

177.00——

177.00177.00

9-1891-1—9-1891-2——9-1891-39-1891-4

177.00—

177.00——

177.00177.00

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EHKLMT

9-1891-139-1891-269-1891-209-1891-149-1891-219-1891-15

177.00177.00177.00177.00177.00177.00

9-1891-139-1891-269-1891-209-1891-149-1891-219-1891-15

177.00177.00177.00177.00177.00177.00

9-1891-139-1891-269-1891-209-1891-149-1891-219-1891-15

177.00177.00177.00177.00177.00177.00

Overload Relays — Reference C316 Overload Relays Magnet Frame ArmatureLower Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48-103048-1029-2

**

48-103048-1029-2

**

48-103048-1029-2

**

Description IEC Frame T PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame U PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame V PriceU.S. $Part No. Part No. Part No.


Contact Kits Size 6-621 2,190.00 6-622 2,935.00 6-601 3,990.00

Magnet Coils Coil Suffix120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . 200V 50 Hz or 118V 60 Hz. . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . 254V 50 Hz or 277V 60 Hz. . . . 380V 50 Hz or 415V 60 Hz. . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . .

AEBHLCD

9-30069-3006-59-3006-29-3006-69-3006-79-3006-39-3006-4

825.00*

825.00*

825.00825.00825.00

9-30069-3006-59-3006-29-3006-69-3006-79-3006-39-3006-4

825.00*

825.00*

825.00825.00825.00

9-2698—9-2698-29-2698-29-2698-69-2698-39-2698-4

1,175.00—

1,175.001,175.00

*1,175.001,175.00

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EHKLMT

——————

——————

——————

——————

9-2698-5—————

1,175.00—————

Overload Relays — Reference C316 Overload Relays Magnet Frame ArmatureLower Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Magnet Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

——

——

——

——

——

——

Feeder Group Renewal �

Volts Hertz IEC Size TSeries A1Series B1

Price U.S. $ IEC Size USeries A1Series B1

Price U.S. $ IEC Size VSeries A1Series B1

Price U.S. $

110 – 120220 – 240440 – 480550 – 600

50/6050/6050/6050/60

9-30079-3007-29-3007-39-3007-4

1,025.001,025.001,025.001,025.00

9-30079-3007-29-3007-39-3007-4

1,025.001,025.001,025.001,025.00

9-27059-2705-29-2705-39-2705-4

1,095.001,095.001,095.001,095.00

208380 – 41548 – 52

50/6050/6050/60

9-3007-59-3007-79-3007-6

1,025.00*

1,025.00

9-3007-59-3007-79-3007-6

1,025.00*

1,025.00

9-2705-59-2705-69-2705-8

***


��

June 2005



34



Table 34-195. For Catalog Number CE15 Contactors — IEC Frames W – Z

� Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Description IEC Frame W PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame X PriceU.S. $

IEC Frame Z PriceU.S. $Part No. Part No. Part No.

Renewal Parts Publication Number 22586 — 22586

Contact Kits Size 6-601 3,990. 6-613 5,410. 6-571 6,570.

Magnet Coils Coil Suffix120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . 200V 50 Hz or 118V 60 Hz . . . . 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . 254V 50 Hz or 277V 60 Hz . . . . 380V 50 Hz or 415V 60 Hz . . . . 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . 600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . .

AEBHLCD

9-2698—9-2698-2—9-2698-69-2698-39-2698-4

1,175.—

1,175.—*

1,175.1,175.

9-2698—9-2698-2—9-2698-69-2698-39-2698-4

1,175.—

1,175.—*

1,175.1,175.

9-2654—9-2654-2—9-2654-59-2654-39-2654-4

1,935.—*

—***

208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EHKLMT

9-2698-5—————

1,175.—————

9-2698-5—————

1,175.—————

9-2654-6—————

*—————

Overload Relays — Reference C316 Overload RelaysMagnet Frame ArmatureLower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

——

——

——

——

——

——

Feeder Group Renewal�

Volts Hertz IEC Size WSeries A1Series B1

PriceU.S. $

IEC Size XSeries A1Series B1

Price U.S. $

IEC Size ZSeries A1Series B1

PriceU.S. $

110 – 120220 – 240440 – 480550 – 600

50/6050/6050/6050/60

9-27059-2705-29-2705-39-2705-4

1,095.1,095.1,095.1,095.

9-27059-2705-29-2705-39-2705-4

1,095.1,095.1,095.1,095.

9-26649-2664-29-2664-39-2664-4

****

208380 – 41548 – 52

50/6050/6050/60

9-2705-59-2705-69-2705-8

***

9-2705-59-2705-69-2705-8

***

9-2664-69-2664-5—

**

—


��

June 2005

34-114



34

FreedomDimensions Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0378]

Non-reversing ContactorsTable 34-196. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type


IECSize

NumberofPoles

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs. (kg)

WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting F G

D E

A – CD – FG – KG – JG – J

2 – 42 – 32 – 345

1.80 (45.7)1.80 (45.7)2.56 (65.0)3.44 (87.4)4.32 (109.7)

2.96 (75.2)2.96 (75.2)4.27 (108.5)4.27 (108.5)4.27 (108.5)

3.25 (82.6)3.25 (82.6)4.22 (107.2)4.22 (107.2)4.22 (107.2)

1.36 (34.5)1.36 (34.5)2.17 (55.1)2.17 (55.1)2.17 (55.1)

1.96 (49.8)1.96 (49.8)3.74 (95.0)3.74 (95.0)3.74 (95.0)

4.49 (114.0)4.49 (114.0)5.58 (141.7)5.58 (141.7)5.58 (141.7)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)

1.3 (.6)1.4 (.6)2.8 (1.3)3.2 (1.5)3.6 (1.6)

L – NP – S

2 – 32 – 3

4.08 (103.6)7.05 (179.1)

7.17 (182.1)9.11 (231.4)

5.94 (150.9)7.25 (184.2)

3.00 (76.2)6.00 (152.4)

6.63 (168.4)8.50 (215.9)

——

.54 (13.7)—

8.5 (3.9)20.0 (9.1)

A FC

BEAUX

AUX

E1

D

GG

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

AuxiliaryContactsMtg. Holes for

M4 or #8 Screws

A FC

BEAUX

AUX

D

GG

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.


#10-32 Screws

A FC

BE

EB

AUX

AUX

D

GG

A C

AUX

D

G

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.


#10-32 Screws

Mtg. Holes for(3) Screws

EB

A C

DMtg. Holes for

(3) Screws

IEC Sizes P – SIEC Sizes L – N

IEC Sizes G – J, 5-PoleIEC Sizes G – J, 4-Pole

IEC Sizes G – K, 2- and 3-PoleIEC Sizes A – F, 2- and 3-PoleSizes A – C, 4-Pole

A FC

BEAUX

AUX

D

GG

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.


#10-32 Screws

��

June 2005



34


Table 34-197. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type


IECSize


WideA

HighB

B1 DeepC

Mounting

D E

TUV & WXZ

8.63 (219.2)8.63 (219.2)

11.20 (284.5)11.02 (279.9)13.00 (330.2)

12.50 (317.5)13.54 (343.9)16.19 (411.2)19.30 (490.2)24.50 (622.3)

9.17 (232.9)10.16 (258.1)12.13 (308.1)14.16 (359.7)19.25 (489.0)

8.88 (225.6)8.88 (225.6)

11.50 (292.1)11.48 (291.6)13.62 (345.9)

4.33 (110.0)4.33 (110.0)6.88 (174.8)6.89 (175.0)4.72 (119.9)

8.63 (219.2)8.63 (219.2)

11.02 (279.9)11.02 (279.9)14.96 (380.0)

29 (13.2)30 (13.6)85 (38.6)

100 (45.4)160 (72.6)

B

C

D

A

Mtg. Slots for (2)5/16-18 Screws


E B1 B

C

D

A



E B1

BE

C C

D

AD

A

IEC Size ZIEC Size X

IEC Sizes V and WIEC Sizes T and U




B1E B1

B

��

June 2005

34-116



34


Reversing ContactorsTable 34-198. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type

Figure 34-51. Approximate Dimensions� See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with particular contactor.

IECSize


WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting G

D E


4.20 (106.7)5.71 (145.0)8.70 (221.0)

2.96 (75.2)5.05 (128.3)7.17 (182.1)

3.28 (83.3)4.44 (112.8)5.94 (150.9)

2.36 (59.9)5.25 (133.4)7.00 (177.8)

1.96 (49.8)3.63 (92.2)6.63 (168.4)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)

2.6 (1.2)10.1 (4.6)17.0 (7.7)

GG A

D

E E1 B

.24(6.1)

AF

C

C

BE

IEC Sizes L – N

IEC Sizes G – K

FC

AUX

AUX

TopMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

AuxiliaryContacts

.21(5.3) Mtg. Holes for

M4 or #8 Screws

IEC Sizes A – F

AUX

AUX

D

GG

AG

B E

D

TopMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

Auxiliary �ContactsMtg. Holes for (3)

#10-32 Screws

Mtg. for (3)1/4-20 Screws

��

June 2005



34


Non-reversing Fixed Heater Starters Table 34-199. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type


IECSize


WideA

High DeepC

Mounting F G

B B1 D D1 E E1

A – FG – KL – NP – S

1.80 (45.7)2.56 (65.0)4.36 (110.7)7.37 (187.2)

5.32 (135.1)7.12 (180.8)

12.12 (307.8)16.01 (406.7)

1.50 (38.1)———

3.66 (93.0)4.65 (118.1)5.89 (149.6)7.31 (185.7)

1.36 (34.5)2.00 (50.8)1.77 (45.0)3.00 (76.2)

——3.00 (76.2)6.00 (152.4)

1.96 (49.8)6.63 (168.4)

10.81 (274.6)8.50 (215.9)

2.36 (59.9)3.54 (89.9)——

4.66 (118.4)5.83 (148.1).55 (14)

—

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)——

1.8 (.8)4.0 (1.8)

12.0 (5.4)36.0 (16.3)

D

Non-reversing Starter AE17IEC Series P – S

B

E

A CD1

Mtg. Holes for (3)1/4-20 ScrewsD C

AD1

F

Non-reversing Starter AE17IEC Series L – N

B E


SideMtd.Aux.

A F

B

B1

AUX

C

IEC StartersSizes A – F

DG

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

OptionalAuxiliaryContacts

For#8 or M4

Mtg.Screws

Size FTerminal

Block

E E1

F

CD

IEC StartersSizes G – K

A G

AUX

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.


.13(3.3)

EB

3 Mtg. Holesfor M5 or

#10-32 Screws

��

June 2005

34-118



34


Non-reversing Fixed Heater Starters (Continued)Table 34-200. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type


IECSize

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs.

WideA

High DeepC

Mounting F G

B B1 D D1 E E1

T – UV – WXZ

9.47 (240)15.11 (384)15.11 (384)15.11 (384)

21.69 (551)27.51 (698)29.15 (740)33.54 (852)

————

9.90 (251)12.69 (322)12.66 (321)14.80 (368)

3.10 (79)13.25 (336)13.25 (336)13.25 (336)

————

18.00 (457)21.25 (540)21.25 (540)16.75 (425)

————

————

————

75.0 (34.1)90.0 (40.9)

120.0 (54.5)210.0 (95.3)

CD

EB

A

IEC Starters — Sizes T – U

CD

EB

A

IEC Starters — Sizes V – W

C

EB

E

B

A

CD

A

D

IEC Starters — Size X IEC Starters — Size Z

��

June 2005



34


Reversing Fixed Heater Starters Table 34-201. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type


IECSize


WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting F G

D D1 E E1


4.13 (104.9)5.71 (145.0)8.44 (214.4)

5.88 (149.4)7.12 (180.8)

12.11 (307.6)

3.30 (83.8)4.42 (112.3)5.89 (149.6)

3.72 (94.5)5.25 (133.4)3.81 (96.8)

——7.00 (177.8)

2.36 (59.9)5.75 (146.1)

10.81 (274.6)

—1.00 (25.4)—

4.90 (124.5)5.83 (148.1).55 (14.0)

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)—

2.9 (1.3)8.3 (3.8)

20.0 (9.1)

D CFF

BE

SideMtd.Aux.

Reversing Starter AE57IEC Series L – N


AD1

A F DC

FC

E1

B

GG

A GG

E

E

E1

B

SideAuxiliaryContact

TopMtd.Aux.

SideAuxiliaryContact

TopMtd.Aux.



Mtg. Holes forM4 or #8 Screws

Mtg. Holes for(3) #10 Screws

IEC — Sizes A – F

IEC — Sizes G – K

Size FTerminal Block

D

��

June 2005

34-120



34


Non-reversing Interchangeable Heater Overload Starters Table 34-202. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type


IECSize

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.Lbs.

WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting F G

D D1 E E1

A – FG – KL – NP – S

1.80 (45.7)2.56 (65.0)4.00 (101.6)7.37 (187.2)

5.86 (148.8)8.08 (205.2)

11.35 (288.3)16.01 (406.7)

3.28 (83.3)4.44 (112.8)5.94 (150.9)7.25 (184.2)

1.36 (34.5)2.00 (50.8)3.00 (76.2)3.00 (76.2)

———6.00 (152.4)

5.19 (131.8)7.63 (193.8)

10.81 (274.6)8.50 (215.9)

5.39 (136.9)———

4.66 (118.4)5.80 (147.3)——

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)4.08 (103.6)—

1.8 (.8)4.0 (1.8)

11.0 (5.0)36.0 (16.3)

T – UV – WXZ

9.47 (240.0)15.11 (384.0)15.11 (384.0)15.11 (384.0)

21.69 (551.0)27.51 (698.0)29.15 (740.0)33.54 (852.0)

9.90 (251.0)12.69 (322.0)12.66 (321.0)14.80 (368.0)

3.10 (79.0)13.25 (336.0)13.25 (336.0)13.25 (336.0)

————

18.00 (457.0)21.25 (540.0)21.25 (540.0)16.75 (425.0)

————

————

————

75.0 (34.1)90.0 (40.9)

120.0 (54.5)210.0 (95.3)

IEC Starters — Sizes L – NIEC Starters — Sizes A – F IEC Starters — Sizes G – K

B

.13(3.3)

D

A FC

GG

E

AUX

AUX

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

AuxiliaryContacts

Mtg. Holes for#10-32 Screws A

D

B E

G C

AUX

Aux.Cont.

Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20

Screws

B

A FC

E

AUX

AUX

E1

D

GG

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

AuxiliaryContacts

.18 x .3(4.6 x 7.6)

Slot


IEC Starters — Sizes P – S

AD1

E

B

D C Mtg. Holesfor (3)1/4-20 Screws

CD

E

B

A

IEC Starters — Sizes T – U

CD

E

B

A

IEC Starters — Sizes V – W

C

E

B

A

D

IEC Starters — Size X

E

B

A

CD

IEC Starters — Size Z

��

June 2005



34


Reversing Interchangeable Heater Overload Starters Table 34-203. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type

Figure 34-56. Approximate Dimensions� See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with particular contactor.

IECSize


WideA

HighB

DeepC

Mounting F G

D E E1


4.20 (106.7)5.71 (145.0)8.70 (221.0)

5.90 (149.9)8.08 (205.2)

11.35 (288.3)

3.28 (83.3)4.44 (112.8)5.94 (150.9)

2.36 (59.9)5.25 (133.4)7.00 (177.8)

5.39 (136.9)6.75 (171.5)

10.81 (274.6)

5.19 (131.8)——

4.66 (118.4)5.80 (147.3)—

.54 (13.7)

.54 (13.7)—

2.9 (1.3)8.3 (3.8)

20.0 (9.1)

A FC

B

1.96(49.8)

2.36(59.9)

.21(5.3)

.13(3.3)

AUX

AUX

D

D

IEC — Sizes A – F

IEC — Sizes G – K

IEC — Sizes L – N

D

DGG

.24(6.1)

A GG F

AG C

C

BE

E

B E

E1

TopMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

AUX

AUX

TopMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

SideMtd.Aux.

TopMtd.Aux.

AuxiliaryContacts

Auxiliary �Contacts


Mtg. Holes for (3)#10-32 Screws


.18 x .3(4.6 x 7.6)

Slot

��

June 2005

34-122



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedProduct Family Overview Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0386]



Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-122

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 34-123

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-123

Cover Control. . . . . . . . . . . . 34-124

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-125

Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-126

Non-combination Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-130

Fusible CombinationStarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-138

Combination GMCPStarters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-146

Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . 34-49

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

Type 1 Non-combination StarterCatalog Number ECE0511ABA

Type 1 Combination StarterCatalog Number ECE25A1AJB-R8

Product DescriptionThe Cutler-Hammer® Freedom Line of Enclosed Control from Eaton’s electrical business includes IEC Con-tactors and Starters with fixed heaters, interchangeable heaters and solid-state overload relays.

Interchangeable Heater Starters■ Highest horsepower rating in com-

pact, space-saving designs. 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp, and 90 mm frame rated maxi-mum 100 hp.

■ Bimetallic ambient compensated overload relays — available in three sizes, covering applications up to 100 hp.

■ These overload relays feature:❑ Selectable manual or automatic

reset operation.❑ Interchangeable heater packs

adjustable ±24% to match motor FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and 1.15 service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relay — useful in derating applications such as jogging.

❑ Overload trip indication.❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC con-

tacts (pull RESET button to test).



Non-reversing■ IP20 finger protection shields

available.■ Contactor and terminal markings

conform to CENELEC EN50011.■ One NO right-side mounted auxil-

iary contact supplied as standard on Sizes A – N (on Sizes A – C, contact occupies 4th power pole — no increase in width).

■ Three basic starter frame widths — 45 mm, 65 mm and 90 mm.

Reversing■ Sizes A through M have a wired

NO-NC side mounted electrical interlock on each contactor.

■ A full line of snap-on accessories — top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc.

■ Straight-through wiring — line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom.

■ Screw-type power terminals have captive, backed-out, self-lifting pres-sure plates with ± screws — reduced wiring time.

June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedProduct Family OverviewVol. 2, Ref. No. [0387]

Fixed Heater Starters■ IEC 947-4-1 compliance — Interna-

tional Standard for low voltage switchgear and control devices.

■ UL listed and CSA certified.■ C316 bimetallic ambient compen-

sated overload relays — available in three basic sizes, covering applica-tions up to 150 hp.These overload relays feature:❑ Direct heated bimetal elements —

Class 10.❑ Single-phase and phase

unbalance sensitivity.❑ Ambient temperature

compensated.❑ Adjustable trip current.❑ Overload trip indication and

contact test lever.❑ Manual/automatic reset.❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC

contacts.■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium

oxide contacts — provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion.



pact, space-saving designs. 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp, 90 mm frame rated maximum 100 hp, and 180 mm frame rated maximum 150 hp.

■ NO side mounted auxiliary contact supplied as standard on Sizes A – N. Sizes P and R have NO-NC contacts.

■ Four basic starter frame widths — 45 mm, 65 mm, 90 mm and 180 mm.


pact, space-saving designs. 45 mm frame rated maximum 20 hp at 460V, 65 mm frame rated maximum 50 hp at 460V, and 90 mm frame rated a maximum 75 hp at 460V.

■ Sizes A through K have a wired NO-NC top mounted electrical inter-lock on each contactor. Sizes L through M have one NO-NC side mounted electrical interlock on each contactor.

Table 34-204. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings �


Standards and Certifications■ UL Listed■ cUL Listed (indicates appropriate

CSA Standard investigation)■ ABS Type Approved■ CE Mark available

Options

Solid-State Overload Relay■ Self powered■ Phase loss protection■ Class 10 or Class 20■ Manual or automatic reset■ Visible trip indicator■ 1NO and 1NC isolated contacts■ Ambient compensated■ Test button■ Wide adjustment range (3.2:1)■ ± 1% repeats accuracy■ Current adjustment knob

Available thru Size N.

See Page 34-49 for this and other Modification Codes.

Size 200V 230V 460V 575V

IEC StyleBCDEF

11-1/2235

11-1/2235

2357-1/2

10

357-1/2

1015

GHJKLM

57-1/27-1/2

101520

7-1/21010152025

152025304050

202530404050

Solid-State Overload Relay with Freedom Contactor

June 2005

34-124



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedProduct Family Overview Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0388]

Cover Control

Non-combination StartersFor Non-combination Starter Cover Control, see Page 33-99.

Combination Starters■ Cover control for Combination

Starters uses E22 style (22 mm).■ Selector switches are maintained

with lever operators.■ Pushbuttons are momentary type

with extended pushbutton.■ The kit includes hardware and

connecting wires (where possible).■ For factory installed control devices

other than shown below, refer to Modification Codes, Page 34-49.

■ Use Table 34-205 to find the correct enclosure for the starter size and type.

Table 34-205. Combination Starter Enclosures

Figure 34-57. Cover Control Maximum (4) 22 mm Devices

Figure 34-58. Cover ControlMaximum (6) 22 mm Devices

CatalogNumber

Enclosures

J K L

Starter Size

ECE16ECE17ECE18ECE19ECE20

A – EA – EA – EA – E—

————A – E

F – HF – HF – HF – HF – H

ECE21ECE22ECE23ECE24ECE25ECE26

A – EA – F—A – FA – F—

——A – F——A – F

F – HG – HG – HG – HG – HG – H

Table 34-206. Combination Starter Cover Control

� To include any of the above cover controls, place the control code character in position 9 of your Catalog Number. Example: ECE16A1ADA Full voltage non-reversing fusible starter with inter-changeable heater OLR and START/STOP pushbutton with red RUN and green OFF pilot lights.

� Suffix for lights (required for field installed kits only) in chart below:


Description Factory Installed � Field Kits

Position 9CoverControl

Combi-nationOnly

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

Code Adder U.S. $

Kits for J Enclosure Non-reversingSTART/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)START/STOP PB & Red RUN LightSTART/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED LightHAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS)H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light

BCDHJ

*****

CE400T01CE400T02 �

CE400T03 �

CE400T04CE400T05 �

*****

H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED LightRed RUN Pilot LightGreen Off Pilot LightRed RUN/Green OFF Pilot LightON/OFF Selector Switch (SS)

KPQRS

*****

CE400T06 �

CE400T10 �

CE400T11 �

CE400T12 �

CE400T07

*****

ON/OFF SS, Red RUN LightON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light

TU

**

CE400T08 �

CE400T09 �**

Kits for K and L Enclosure Non-reversingSTART/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)START/STOP PB & Red RUN LightSTART/STOP PB, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED LightHAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch (SS)H-O-A SS & Red RUN Light

BCDHJ

*****

CE400T21CE400T22 �

CE400T23 �

CE400T24CE400T25 �

*****

H-O-A SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED LightRed RUN Pilot LightGreen OFF Pilot LightRed RUN/Green OFF Pilot LightON/OFF Selector Switch (SS)

KPQRS

*****

CE400T26 �

CE400T10 �

CE400T11 �

CE400T12 �

CE400T27

*****

ON/OFF SS, Red RUN LightON/OFF SS, Red RUN, & Green STOPPED Light

TU

**

CE400T28 �

CE400T29 �**

Kits for Full Voltage Reversing (All)FWD/REV/STOP Pushbuttons (PB)FWD/REV/STOP PB + Red FWD & REV LightsFWD/REV/STOP PB, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPEDFOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch (SS)FOR/OFF/REV SS + Red FWD & REV Lights

BCDHJ

*****

CE400T50CE400T51 �

CE400T52 �

CE400T53CE400T54 �

*****

FOR/OFF/REV SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPEDOPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch (SS)OPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS + Red FWD & REV LightsOPEN/OFF/CLOSE SS, Red FWD/REV, & Green STOPPED

KVWX

****

CE400T55 �

CE400T56CE400T57 �

CE400T58 �

****

Rating CatalogSuffix

Rating CatalogSuffix

120V 60 Hz208V 60 Hz240V 60 Hz

AEB

277V 60 Hz380V 50 Hz460V 60 Hz600V 60 Hz

HLCD


June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedProduct Family OverviewVol. 2, Ref. No. [0389]

Catalog Number Selection Table 34-207. IEC Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System

� GMCP Type Disconnect — Maximum Rating 480V (use Fusible for 575/600V).

Table 34-208. Magnet Coil Codes (System Voltage) �

� When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECE07, 18) see Table 34-209 for system voltage code.

Table 34-209. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)

E C E 0 5 D 1 A A A -

Modification Codes

(See Page 34-49)

Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings

A =B =C =E =

None30A/600V CC30A/600V J60A/600V J

GMCP Ratings

A =B =C =D =E =F =

None3A7A

15A30A50A

Class Page

01 =02 =05 =

06 =

09 =

10 =

16 =

17 =

19 =

20 =

22 =

23 =

25 =26 =

FVNR ContactorsReversing ContactorsFVNR Starter, Non-combination, Interchangeable Heater OLRReversing Starter, Non-combination, Interchangeable Heater OLRFVNR Starter, Non-combination, Fixed Heater OLRReversing Starter, Non-combination, Fixed Heater OLRFusible Switch, Interchangeable Heater O.L. Relay FVNRFusible Switch, Interchangeable Heater O.L. Relay FVRFusible Switch, Fixed HeaterO.L. Relay FVNRFusible Switch, Fixed HeaterO.L. Relay FVRGMCP, Interchangeable Heater O.L.Relay FVNR �GMCP, Interchangeable Heater O.L.Relay FVR �GMCP, Fixed Heater O.L. Relay FVNR �GMCP, Fixed Heater O.L. Relay FVR �

34-12634-12834-130

34-132

34-134

34-136

34-138

34-140

34-142

34-144

34-146

34-148

34-15034-152

Cover Control(Starters Only)

(See Pages 33-99, 34-124)

Number of Poles(Contactors Only)

Design

E = Freedom IEC

Frame Size

Combination(Class 16 – 74)

Non-combination (Class 01 – 11)Ampere Rating (UL 600V)

IEC Size A – H A =B =C =D =E =F =G =

7A10A12A18A25A32A37A

H =J =K =L =M =N =P =

44A60A73A85A

105A140A170A

R =S =T =U =V =

200A300A420A520A550A

Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformer

(See Tables Below)

Enclosure Type

1 =2 =3 =4 =6 =8 =9 =

Type 1 — General PurposeType 3R — RainproofType 4 — Painted SteelType 4X — Watertight (304-Grade Stainless Steel)Type 7/9 — Explosion ProofType 12 — Dust-TightType 4X — Watertight (316-Grade Stainless Steel)

Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil

ABCDEGHJ

120/60 110/50240/60 220/50480/60 440/50600/60 550/50208/60550/50277/60208 – 240/60

KLMPQRST

240/50380/50415/5012V DC24V DC48V DC125V DC24/60

UVWXYZ

24/5032/5048/60104 – 120/6048/50By Description

Code Primary Secondary Code Primary Secondary

B

C

D

EHLMQR

240/480 – 220/440Wired for 240V

240/480 – 220/440Wired for 480V

600/60 – 550/50

208/60277/60380/50415/50208/60240/480 – 220/440Wired for 240V

120/60 – 110/50

120/60 – 110/50

120/60 – 110/50

120/60120/60110/50110/502424

S

TUVWX

Y

Z

240/480 – 220/440Wired for 480V

600/60277/60380/50415/50240/480/600Wired for 480V

240/480/600Wired for 480V

By Description

24

24242424

120

24

June 2005

34-126



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedContactors Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0390]

Product SelectionTable 34-210. Class ECE01/CE15 — IEC Rated — Non-reversing �

� For definitions of AC-1, AC-2 and AC-3 ratings, see Page 34-99.� Maximum horsepower rating of contactors for 380V 50 Hz applications:

� IEC Sizes A – N are supplied with a NO side mounted auxiliary contact. On IEC Sizes A – C, the 4th power pole position is used as the side mounted contact.

� IEC Sizes H – V are available. Contact Eaton.� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.

� Contactors available in other poles.2-Pole — Sizes A – N4-Pole — Sizes A – C, G – H, J5-Pole — Sizes G – H, J

To order these, change the 9th Catalog Number digit to 2, 4 or 5; i.e. Size C, 120V, 2-pole, Type 1 Enclosure would be ECE01C1A2A.


Max.GeneralPurposeUL Amp.Rating600V AC

IEC 947AC-1ThermalCurrent600V �

MaximumHorsepower �

MagnetCoilVoltage(60 Hz) �



3-PoleComponentContactor (Open)

MotorVolt.

1-Ph 3-Ph CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Frame Size A — 45 mm �

7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600

ECE01A1A3AECE01A1E3AECE01A1B3AECE01A1C3AECE01A1D3A

*****


*****

CE15ANS3ABCE15ANS3EBCE15ANS3BBCE15ANS3CBCE15ANS3DB

Frame Size B — 45 mm �

10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600

ECE01B1A3AECE01B1E3AECE01B1B3AECE01B1C3AECE01B1D3A

*****


*****

CE15BNS3ABCE15BNS3EBCE15BNS3BBCE15BNS3CBCE15BNS3DB

Frame Size C — 45 mm �

12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600

ECE01C1A3AECE01C1E3AECE01C1B3AECE01C1C3AECE01C1D3A

*****


*****

CE15CNS3ABCE15CNS3EBCE15CNS3BBCE15CNS3CBCE15CNS3DB

Frame Size D — 45 mm �

18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600

ECE01D1A3AECE01D1E3AECE01D1B3AECE01D1C3AECE01D1D3A

*****


*****

CE15DNS3ABCE15DNS3EBCE15DNS3BBCE15DNS3CBCE15DNS3DB

Frame Size E — 45 mm �

25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600

ECE01E1A3AECE01E1E3AECE01E1B3AECE01E1C3AECE01E1D3A

*****


*****

CE15ENS3ABCE15ENS3EBCE15ENS3BBCE15ENS3CBCE15ENS3DB

Frame Size F — 45 mm �

32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600

ECE01F1A3AECE01F1E3AECE01F1B3AECE01F1C3AECE01F1D3A

*****


*****

CE15FNS3ABCE15FNS3EBCE15FNS3BBCE15FNS3CBCE15FNS3DB

Frame Size G — 65 mm ��

37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600

ECE01G1A3AECE01G1E3AECE01G1B3AECE01G1C3AECE01G1D3A

*****


*****

CE15GNS3ABCE15GNS3EBCE15GNS3BBCE15GNS3CBCE15GNS3DB

IEC Size A B C D E F G H J K L M N

Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedContactorsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0391]

Table 34-210. Class ECE01/CE15 — IEC Rated — Non-reversing � (Continued)



� IEC Sizes H – V are available. Contact Eaton.� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.

� Contactors available in other poles.2-Pole — Sizes A – N4-Pole — Sizes A – C, G – H, J5-Pole — Sizes G – H, J

To order these, change the 9th Catalog Number digit to 2, 4 or 5; i.e. Size C, 120V, 2-pole, Type 1 Enclosure would be ECE01C1A2A.

� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE01A4A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.






3-Pole Type 4X �

Watertight & Dust-TightStainless Steel

3-Pole Type 12Dust-Tight IndustrialExternal Reset


MotorVolt.


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15ANS3ABCE15ANS3EBCE15ANS3BBCE15ANS3CBCE15ANS3DB


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15BNS3ABCE15BNS3EBCE15BNS3BBCE15BNS3CBCE15BNS3DB


12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15CNS3ABCE15CNS3EBCE15CNS3BBCE15CNS3CBCE15CNS3DB


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15DNS3ABCE15DNS3EBCE15DNS3BBCE15DNS3CBCE15DNS3DB


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15ENS3ABCE15ENS3EBCE15ENS3BBCE15ENS3CBCE15ENS3DB


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15FNS3ABCE15FNS3EBCE15FNS3BBCE15FNS3CBCE15FNS3DB


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE15GNS3ABCE15GNS3EBCE15GNS3BBCE15GNS3CBCE15GNS3DB


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-128



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedContactors Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0392]

Table 34-211. Class ECE02/CE55 — IEC Rated — Reversing


� Sizes A – M have a NO-NC side mounted electrical interlock on each contactor.

� IEC Sizes H – V are available. Contact Eaton.� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.








MotorVolt.


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55AN3ABCE55AN3EBCE55AN3BBCE55AN3CBCE55AN3DB


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55BN3ABCE55BN3EBCE55BN3BBCE55BN3CBCE55BN3DB


12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55CN3ABCE55CN3EBCE55CN3BBCE55CN3CBCE55CN3DB


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55DN3ABCE55DN3EBCE55DN3BBCE55DN3CBCE55DN3DB


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55EN3ABCE55EN3EBCE55EN3BBCE55EN3CBCE55EN3DB


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55FN3ABCE55FN3EBCE55FN3BBCE55FN3CBCE55FN3DB


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55GN3ABCE55GN3EBCE55GN3BBCE55GN3CBCE55GN3DB


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedContactorsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0393]

Table 34-211. Class ECE02/CE55 — IEC Rated — Reversing (Continued)



� IEC Sizes H – V are available. Contact Eaton.� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel,

as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE02A4A3A. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.






3-Pole Type 4X �




MotorVolt.


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55AN3ABCE55AN3EBCE55AN3BBCE55AN3CBCE55AN3DB


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55BN3ABCE55BN3EBCE55BN3BBCE55BN3CBCE55BN3DB


12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55CN3ABCE55CN3EBCE55CN3BBCE55CN3CBCE55CN3DB


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55DN3ABCE55DN3EBCE55DN3BBCE55DN3CBCE55DN3DB


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55EN3ABCE55EN3EBCE55EN3BBCE55EN3CBCE55EN3DB


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55FN3ABCE55FN3EBCE55FN3BBCE55FN3CBCE55FN3DB


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****

CE55GN3ABCE55GN3EBCE55GN3BBCE55GN3CBCE55GN3DB


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-130



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedNon-combination Starters Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0394]

Product SelectionTable 34-212. Class ECE05/AE16 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — C306 Interchangeable Heater OLR — Non-reversing

� For definitions of AC-1, AC-2 and AC-3 ratings, see Page 34-99.� Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:


� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� IEC Sizes H – V are available. Contact Eaton.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Max.GeneralPurposeUL AmpereRating600V AC






3-Pole Component Starter (Open)

MotorVoltage


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm �

7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600

ECE05A1AAAECE05A1EAAECE05A1BAAECE05A1CAAECE05A1DAA

233.233.233.233.

*


297.****

AE16ANS0ACAE16ANS0ECAE16ANS0BCAE16ANS0CCAE16ANS0DC

Size B — 45 mm �

10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600

ECE05B1AAAECE05B1EAAECE05B1BAAECE05B1CAAECE05B1DAA

235.*

235.235.

*


*****

AE16BNS0ACAE16BNS0ECAE16BNS0BCAE16BNS0CCAE16BNS0DC

Size C — 45 mm �

12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600

ECE05C1AAAECE05C1EAAECE05C1BAAECE05C1CAAECE05C1DAA

279.*

279.279.

*


*****

AE16CNS0ACAE16CNS0ECAE16CNS0BCAE16CNS0CCAE16CNS0DC

Size D — 45 mm �

18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600

ECE05D1AAAECE05D1EAAECE05D1BAAECE05D1CAAECE05D1DAA

*300.300.300.

*


*****

AE16DNS0ACAE16DNS0ECAE16DNS0BCAE16DNS0CCAE16DNS0DC

Size E — 45 mm �

25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600

ECE05E1AAAECE05E1EAAECE05E1BAAECE05E1CAAECE05E1DAA

319.**

319.*


*****

AE16ENS0ACAE16ENS0ECAE16ENS0BCAE16ENS0CCAE16ENS0DC

Size F — 45 mm �

32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600

ECE05F1AAAECE05F1EAAECE05F1BAAECE05F1CAAECE05F1DAA

*344.344.344.

*


*****

AE16FNS0ACAE16FNS0ECAE16FNS0BCAE16FNS0CCAE16FNS0DC

Size G — 65 mm ��

37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600

ECE05G1AAAECE05G1EAAECE05G1BAAECE05G1CAAECE05G1DAA

520.520.

*520.

*


*****

AE16GNS0ACAE16GNS0ECAE16GNS0BCAE16GNS0CCAE16GNS0DC

Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Page 34-93.Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 34-55 of Modification Codes.


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Heater Pack Selection . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-93Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedNon-combination StartersVol. 2, Ref. No. [0395]

Table 34-212. Class ECE05/AE16 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — C306 Interchangeable Heater OLR — Non-reversing (Continued)



� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.

� IEC Sizes H – V are available. Contact Eaton.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel,

as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE05A4AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


Max.GeneralPurposeUL AmpereRating600V AC




3-Pole Type 4X �


3-Pole Type 12Dust-Tight Industrial External Reset


MotorVoltage


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


297.****



10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


301.****



12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


333.****



18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****



25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


**

371.**



32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


***

424.*



37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


665.****

AE16GNS0ACAE16GNS0ECAE16GNS0BCAE16GNS0CCAE16GNS0DC



Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Heater Pack Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-93Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-132



34


Table 34-213. Class ECE06/AE56 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — C306 Interchangeable Heater OLR — Reversing


� IEC Sizes A – M have a NO-NC side mounted electrical interlock on each contactor.

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� IEC Sizes H – M are available. Contact Eaton. *Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Max. GeneralPurposeUL AmpereRating600V AC







MotorVoltage


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE56AN0ACAE56AN0ECAE56AN0BCAE56AN0CCAE56AN0DC


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


464.*

464.**


*****

AE56BN0ACAE56BN0ECAE56BN0BCAE56BN0CCAE56BN0DC


12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE56CN0ACAE56CN0ECAE56CN0BCAE56CN0CCAE56CN0DC


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


650.****


*****

AE56DN0ACAE56DN0ECAE56DN0BCAE56DN0CCAE56DN0DC


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


705.****


*****

AE56EN0ACAE56EN0BCAE56EN0CCAE56EN0DCAE56EN0EC


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE56FN0ACAE56FN0ECAE56FN0BCAE56FN0CCAE56FN0DC


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE56GN0ACAE56GN0ECAE56GN0BCAE56GN0CCAE56GN0DC



Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-100Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Heater Pack Selection . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-93Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-213. Class ECE06/AE56 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — C306 Interchangeable Heater OLR — Reversing (Continued)


� IEC Sizes A – M have a NO-NC side mounted electrical interlock on each contactor.

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� IEC Sizes H – M are available. Contact Eaton.

� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE06A4AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


Max. GeneralPurposeUL AmpereRating600V AC




3-Pole Type 4X �




MotorVoltage


PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****



10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


*****



12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****



18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****



25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE56EN0ACAE56EN0BCAE56EN0CCAE56EN0DCAE56EN0EC


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****



37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****




Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-100Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Heater Pack Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-93Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-134



34


Table 34-214. Class ECE09/AE17 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Non-reversing


� Starter includes fixed heater overload. For Enclosed IEC Starters, select suffix code -R_ from the table below. Overload relay range can not exceed contactor amperage rating. For Open IEC Starters, use suffix code -F_ or -K_ from the table below.


� For separate 120V control circuit, select size per Maximum Horsepower columns above.

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Max. General PurposeUL AmpereRating600V AC







MotorVoltage

1-Ph 3-Ph CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 �208240480600

ECE09A1AAA_ECE09A1EAA_ECE09A1BAA_ECE09A1CAA_ECE09A1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17ANS0_


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 �208240480600

ECE09B1AAA_ECE09B1EAA_ECE09B1BAA_ECE09B1CAA_ECE09B1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17BNS0_


12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 �208240480600

ECE09C1AAA_ECE09C1EAA_ECE09C1BAA_ECE09C1CAA_ECE09C1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17CNS0_


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 �208240480600

ECE09D1AAA_ECE09D1EAA_ECE09D1BAA_ECE09D1CAA_ECE09D1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17DNS0_


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 �208240480600

ECE09E1AAA_ECE09E1EAA_ECE09E1BAA_ECE09E1CAA_ECE09E1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17ENS0_


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 �208240480600

ECE09F1AAA_ECE09F1EAA_ECE09F1BAA_ECE09F1CAA_ECE09F1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17FNS0_

Size G — 65 mm �

37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 �208240480600

ECE09G1AAA_ECE09G1EAA_ECE09G1BAA_ECE09G1CAA_ECE09G1DAA_

*****


*****

AE17GNS0_


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

R8/FCR9/FDR10/FER11/FFR12/FGR13/FHR14/FJ

.25 – .40A

.40 – .63A

.63 – 1.0A1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A2.2 – 3.1A

R15/FKR16/FLR17/FMR18/FNR19/FPR20/FQR21/FR

2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A13.5 – 19A

R22/FSR23/FTR24/KAR25/KBR26/KCR27/KD

18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-214. Class ECE09/AE17 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Non-reversing (Continued)



� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE09A4AAA. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


� For separate 120V control circuit, select size per Maximum Horsepower columns above.






3-Pole Type 4X �




MotorVoltage

1-Ph 3-Ph CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17ANS0_


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17BNS0_


12 20 115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17CNS0_


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17DNS0_


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17ENS0_


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17FNS0_


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 �208240480600


*****


*****

AE17GNS0_


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


.25 – .40A

.40 – .63A

.63 – 1.0A1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A2.2 – 3.1A


2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A13.5 – 19A


18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-99Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-136



34


Table 34-215. Class ECE10/AE57 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Reversing












MotorVoltage

1-Ph 3-Ph Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57AN0_


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57BN0_

Size C — 45 mm � 12 20 115

200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57CN0_


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57DN0_


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57EN0_


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57FN0_


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57GN0_


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


.25 – .40A

.40 – .63A

.63 – 1.0A1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A2.2 – 3.1A


2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A13.5 – 19A


18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-100Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-215. Class ECE10/AE57 — IEC Rated — Non-combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Reversing (Continued)



� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE10A4AAA_. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.







3-Pole Type 4X �




MotorVoltage

1-Ph 3-Ph Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

Catalog Number �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �


7 20 115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57AN0_


10 20 115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57BN0_

Size C — 45 mm � 12 20 115

200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57CN0_


18 32 115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57DN0_


25 32 115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57EN0_


32 32 115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57FN0_


37 50 115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120 208240480600


*****


*****

AE57GN0_


Horsepower 3 5 5 10 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


.25 – .40A

.40 – .63A

.63 – 1.0A1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A2.2 – 3.1A


2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A13.5 – 19A


18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-100Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-138



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedCombination Starters — Fusible Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0402]

Product SelectionTable 34-216. Class ECE16 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Non-reversing

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� Fuse clips will accept both 250 and 600V.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage

Max. hp Rating Magnet Coil Voltage �

FuseClip �




1-Phase 3-Phase Amps CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600

30 ECE16A1AABECE16A1EABECE16A1BABECE16A1CABECE16A1DAB

555.**

555.*

ECE16A2AABECE16A2EABECE16A2BABECE16A2CABECE16A2DAB

720.720.

*720.720.


Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600

30 ECE16B1AABECE16B1EABECE16B1BABECE16B1CABECE16B1DAB

570.**

570.*

ECE16B2AABECE16B2EABECE16B2BABECE16B2CABECE16B2DAB

725.**

725.*


Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600

30 ECE16C1AABECE16C1EABECE16C1BABECE16C1CABECE16C1DAB

**

605.605.

*

ECE16C2AABECE16C2EABECE16C2BABECE16C2CABECE16C2DAB

*****


Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600

30 ECE16D1AACECE16D1EACECE16D1BACECE16D1CACECE16D1DAC

630.630.630.630.

*

ECE16D2AACECE16D2EACECE16D2BACECE16D2CACECE16D2DAC

*****


Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600

30 ECE16E1AACECE16E1EACECE16E1BACECE16E1CACECE16E1DAC

640.****

ECE16E2AACECE16E2EACECE16E2BACECE16E2CACECE16E2DAC

*****


Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600

60 ECE16F1AAEECE16F1EAEECE16F1BAEECE16F1CAEECE16F1DAE

*****

ECE16F2AAEECE16F2EAEECE16F2BAEECE16F2CAEECE16F2DAE

1,135.1,135.

***


Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600

60 ECE16G1AAEECE16G1EAEECE16G1BAEECE16G1CAEECE16G1DAE

875.875.

*875.875.

ECE16G2AAEECE16G2EAEECE16G2BAEECE16G2CAEECE16G2DAE

1,175.1,175.1,175.1,175.1,175.

AE16GNS0ABAE16GNS0EBAE16GNS0BBAE16GNS0CBAE16GNS0DB

Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600

60 ECE16H1AAEECE16H1EAEECE16H1BAEECE16H1CAEECE16H1DAE

930.****

ECE16H2AAEECE16H2EAEECE16H2BAEECE16H2CAEECE16H2DAE

*1,215.

*1,215.1,215.

AE16HNS0ABAE16HNS0EBAE16HNS0BBAE16HNS0CBAE16HNS0DB


Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Heater Pack Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-93Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-124Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-216. Class ECE16 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Non-reversing (Continued)

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� Fuse clips will accept both 250 and 600V.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE16A4AAB. To order Type 4X

316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage


FuseClip �

3-Pole Type 4X �


3-Pole Type 12 Dust-Tight



PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600


*****


720.**

720.*


Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600


*****


800.****


Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600


*****


1,135.****


Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600


*****


1,175.1,175.1,175.1,175.1,175.

AE16GNS0ABAE16GNS0EBAE16GNS0BBAE16GNS0CBAE16GNS0DB

Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE16HNS0ABAE16HNS0EBAE16HNS0BBAE16HNS0CBAE16HNS0DB


Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Heater Pack Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-93Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-124Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005

34-140



34


Table 34-217. Class ECE17 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Reversing

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� Fuse clips will accept both 250 and 600V.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage


FuseClip �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600


*945.

**

945.


1,140.*

1,140.1,140.

*


Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE56EN0ACAE56EN0ECAE56EN0BCAE56EN0CCAE56EN0DC

Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE56HN0ABAE56HN0EBAE56HN0BBAE56HN0CBAE56HN0DB



June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedCombination Starters — FusibleVol. 2, Ref. No. [0405]

Table 34-217. Class ECE17 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Reversing (Continued)

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� Fuse clips will accept both 250 and 600V.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE17A4AAB. To order Type 4X


MotorVoltage


FuseClip �

3-Pole Type 4X �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE56EN0ACAE56EN0ECAE56EN0BCAE56EN0CCAE56EN0DC

Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600


*****


*****


Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE56HN0ABAE56HN0EBAE56HN0BBAE56HN0CBAE56HN0DB



June 2005

34-142



34


Table 34-218. Class ECE19 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Non-reversing

� For additional coil voltages, refer to Page 34-125.� Starter includes fixed heater overload. For Enclosed IEC Starters, select

suffix code -R_ from the table below. Overload relay range can not exceed contactor amperage rating. For Open IEC Starters, use suffix code -F_ or -K_ from the table below.

Note: Overload relay range can not exceed contactor amperage rating.


MotorVoltage


FuseClip




1-Phase 3-Phase Amps CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600

30 ECE19A1AAB_ECE19A1EAB_ECE19A1BAB_ECE19A1CAB_ECE19A1DAB_

*****

ECE19A2AAB_ECE19A2EAB_ECE19A2BAB_ECE19A2CAB_ECE19A2DAB_

*****

AE17ANS0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600

30 ECE19B1AAB_ECE19B1EAB_ECE19B1BAB_ECE19B1CAB_ECE19B1DAB_

*****

ECE19B2AAB_ECE19B2EAB_ECE19B2BAB_ECE19B2CAB_ECE19B2DAB_

*****

AE17BNS0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600

30 ECE19C1AAB_ECE19C1EAB_ECE19C1BAB_ECE19C1CAB_ECE19C1DAB_

*****

ECE19C2AAB_ECE19C2EAB_ECE19C2BAB_ECE19C2CAB_ECE19C2DAB_

*****

AE17CNS0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600

30 ECE19D1AAC_ECE19D1EAC_ECE19D1BAC_ECE19D1CAC_ECE19D1DAC_

*****

ECE19D2AAC_ECE19D2EAC_ECE19D2BAC_ECE19D2CAC_ECE19D2DAC_

*****

AE17DNS0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600

30 ECE19E1AAC_ECE19E1EAC_ECE19E1BAC_ECE19E1CAC_ECE19E1DAC_

*****

ECE19E2AAC_ECE19E2EAC_ECE19E2BAC_ECE19E2CAC_ECE19E2DAC_

*****

AE17ENS0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600

60 ECE19F1AAE_ECE19F1EAE_ECE19F1BAE_ECE19F1CAE_ECE19F1DAE_

*****

ECE19F2AAE_ECE19F2EAE_ECE19F2BAE_ECE19F2CAE_ECE19F2DAE_

*****

AE17FNS0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600

60 ECE19G1AAE_ECE19G1EAE_ECE19G1BAE_ECE19G1CAE_ECE19G1DAE_

*****

ECE19G2AAE_ECE19G2EAE_ECE19G2BAE_ECE19G2CAE_ECE19G2DAE_

*****

AE17GNS0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600

60 ECE19H1AAE_ECE19H1EAE_ECE19H1BAE_ECE19H1CAE_ECE19H1DAE_

*****

ECE19H2AAE_ECE19H2EAE_ECE19H2BAE_ECE19H2CAE_ECE19H2DAE_

*****

AE17HNS0_

1 set of 3 fixed heater overload relays included.

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

R4R8/FCR9/FDR10/FER11/FFR12/FGR13/FH

Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A

R14/FJR15/FKR16/FLR17/FMR18/FNR19/FPR20/FQ

2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A

R21/FRR22/FSR23/FTR24/KAR25/KBR26/KCR27/KD

13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-124Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-218. Class ECE19 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Non-reversing (Continued)



Note: Overload relay range can not exceed contactor amperage rating.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel,

as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE19A4AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


MotorVoltage


FuseClip

3-Pole Type 4X �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17ANS0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17BNS0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17CNS0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17DNS0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17ENS0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17FNS0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17GNS0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE17HNS0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A


June 2005

34-144



34


Table 34-219. Class ECE20 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Reversing



Note: Overload relay range can not exceed contactor amperage rating.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage


FuseClip





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57AN0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57BN0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57CN0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57DN0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57EN0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57FN0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57GN0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57HN0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A


June 2005



34


Table 34-219. Class ECE20 — IEC Rated — Fusible Combination — Fixed Heater OLR — Reversing (Continued)



Note: Overload relay range can not exceed contactor amperage rating.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel,

as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE20A4AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


MotorVoltage


FuseClip

3-Pole Type 4X �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460575

1/4— 1/2

——

—1-1/21-1/235

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57AN0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—1——

—2257-1/2

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57BN0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460575

1/2—2——

—337-1/2

10

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57CN0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460575

1—3——

—55

1015

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57DN0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460575

2—3——

—57-1/2

1520

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57EN0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460575

2—5——

—7-1/2

102025

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57FN0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460575

3—5——

—7-1/2

102530

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57GN0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460575

3—7-1/2——

—10153040

120208240480600


*****


*****

AE57HN0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A


June 2005

34-146



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedCombination Starters — GMCP Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0410]

Product SelectionTable 34-220. Class ECE22 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Non-reversing

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

Motor Voltage�

Max. hp Rating MagnetCoil Voltage�

GMCPRating(trip range)Amperes




1-Phase 3-Phase CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3 (15-30)

ECE22A1AABECE22A1EABECE22A1BABECE22A1CAB

****


****

AE16ANS0ACAE16ANS0ECAE16ANS0BCAE16ANS0CC

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7 (35-70)

ECE22B1AACECE22B1EACECE22B1BACECE22B1CAC

****


****

AE16BNS0ACAE16BNS0ECAE16BNS0BCAE16BNS0CC

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15 (75-150)

ECE22C1AADECE22C1EADECE22C1BADECE22C1CAD

***

825.


****

AE16CNS0ACAE16CNS0ECAE16CNS0BCAE16CNS0CC

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30 (150-300)

ECE22D1AAEECE22D1EAEECE22D1BAEECE22D1CAE

****


****

AE16DNS0ACAE16DNS0ECAE16DNS0BCAE16DNS0CC

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)

ECE22E1AAEECE22E1EAEECE22E1BAEECE22E1CAE

****


****

AE16ENS0ACAE16ENS0ECAE16ENS0BCAE16ENS0CC

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)

ECE22F1AAFECE22F1EAFECE22F1BAFECE22F1CAF

****


****

AE16FNS0ACAE16FNS0ECAE16FNS0BCAE16FNS0CC

Size G — 65 mm 115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)

ECE22G1AAFECE22G1EAFECE22G1BAFECE22G1CAF

****


****

AE16GNS0ABAE16GNS0EBAE16GNS0BBAE16GNS0CB

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)

ECE22H1AAFECE22H1EAFECE22H1BAFECE22H1CAF

****


****

AE16HNS0ABAE16HNS0EBAE16HNS0BBAE16HNS0CB



June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedCombination Starters — GMCPVol. 2, Ref. No. [0411]

Table 34-220. Class ECE22 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Non-reversing (Continued)

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE22A4AAB. To order Type 4X


Motor Voltage�

Max. hp Rating MagnetCoil Voltage�


3-Pole Type 4X �


3-Pole Type 12Dust-Tight



PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3 (15-30)


****


****

AE16ANS0ACAE16ANS0ECAE16ANS0BCAE16ANS0CC

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7 (35-70)


****


****

AE16BNS0ACAE16BNS0ECAE16BNS0BCAE16BNS0CC

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15 (75-150)


****


****

AE16CNS0ACAE16CNS0ECAE16CNS0BCAE16CNS0CC

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30 (150-300)


****


****

AE16DNS0ACAE16DNS0ECAE16DNS0BCAE16DNS0CC

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE16ENS0ACAE16ENS0ECAE16ENS0BCAE16ENS0CC

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE16FNS0ACAE16FNS0ECAE16FNS0BCAE16FNS0CC

Size G — 65 mm 115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE16GNS0ABAE16GNS0EBAE16GNS0BBAE16GNS0CB

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE16HNS0ABAE16HNS0EBAE16HNS0BBAE16HNS0CB



June 2005

34-148



34


Table 34-221. Class ECE23 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Reversing

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage�


GMCP Rating(trip range)Amperes





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3(15-30)


****


****

AE56AN0ACAE56AN0ECAE56AN0BCAE56AN0CC

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7(35-70)


****


****

AE56BN0ACAE56BN0ECAE56BN0BCAE56BN0CC

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15(75-150)


****


****

AE56CN0ACAE56CN0ECAE56CN0BCAE56CN0CC

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE56DN0ACAE56DN0ECAE56DN0BCAE56DN0CC

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE56EN0ACAE56EN0ECAE56EN0BCAE56EN0CC

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE56FN0ACAE56FN0ECAE56FN0BCAE56FN0CC

Size G — 65 mm115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE56GN0ABAE56GN0EBAE56GN0BBAE56GN0CB

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE56HN0ABAE56HN0EBAE56HN0BBAE56HN0CB



June 2005



34


Table 34-221. Class ECE23 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Interchangeable Heater OLR — Reversing (Continued)

� For additional coil voltages, see Page 34-125.� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE23B4AAC. To order Type 4X


MotorVoltage�


GMCP Rating(trip range)Amperes

3-Pole Type 4X �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3(15-30)


****


****

AE56AN0ACAE56AN0ECAE56AN0BCAE56AN0CC

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7(35-70)


****


****

AE56BN0ACAE56BN0ECAE56BN0BCAE56BN0CC

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15(75-150)


****


****

AE56CN0ACAE56CN0ECAE56CN0BCAE56CN0CC

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE56DN0ACAE56DN0ECAE56DN0BCAE56DN0CC

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE56EN0ACAE56EN0ECAE56EN0BCAE56EN0CC

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE56FN0ACAE56FN0ECAE56FN0BCAE56FN0CC

Size G — 65 mm115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE56GN0ABAE56GN0EBAE56GN0BBAE56GN0CB

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE56HN0ABAE56HN0EBAE56HN0BBAE56HN0CB



June 2005

34-150



34


Table 34-222. Class ECE25 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Fixed Heater OLR — Non-reversing



� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage �






1-Phase 3-Phase CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3 (15-30)

ECE25A1AAB_ECE25A1EAB_ECE25A1BAB_ECE25A1CAB_

****


****

AE17ANS0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7 (35-70)

ECE25B1AAC_ECE25B1EAC_ECE25B1BAC_ECE25B1CAC_

****


****

AE17BNS0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15 (75-150)

ECE25C1AAD_ECE25C1EAD_ECE25C1BAD_ECE25C1CAD_

****


****

AE17CNS0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30 (150-300)

ECE25D1AAE_ECE25D1EAE_ECE25D1BAE_ECE25D1CAE_

****


****

AE17DNS0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)

ECE25E1AAE_ECE25E1EAE_ECE25E1BAE_ECE25E1CAE_

****


****

AE17ENS0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)

ECE25F1AAF_ECE25F1EAF_ECE25F1BAF_ECE25F1CAF_

****


****

AE17FNS0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)

ECE25G1AAF_ECE25G1EAF_ECE25G1BAF_ECE25G1CAF_

****


****

AE17GNS0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)

ECE25H1AAF_ECE25H1EAF_ECE25H1BAF_ECE25H1CAF_

****


****

AE17HNS0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-124Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-222. Class ECE25 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Fixed Heater OLR — Non-reversing (Continued)



� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.

� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE25A4AAB. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


MotorVoltage �



3-Pole Type 4X �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3 (15-30)


****


****

AE17ANS0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7 (35-70)


****


****

AE17BNS0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15 (75-150)


****


****

AE17CNS0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30 (150-300)


****


****

AE17DNS0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE17ENS0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE17FNS0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE17GNS0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE17HNS0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A


June 2005

34-152



34


Table 34-223. Class ECE26 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Fixed Heater OLR — Reversing



� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.*Please contact your local Eaton sales office.

MotorVoltage �







PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3(15-30)


****


****

AE57AN0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7(35-70)


****


****

AE57BN0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15(75-150)


****


****

AE57CN0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE57DN0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE57EN0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE57FN0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE57GN0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE57HN0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-49Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-95Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-100Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 34-124Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001EDiscount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

June 2005



34


Table 34-223. Class ECE26 — IEC Rated — Combination GMCP — Fixed Heater OLR — Reversing (Continued)



� GMCP is rated for 480V maximum.

� These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECE26B4AAC. To order Type 4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.


MotorVoltage �



3-Pole Type 4X �





PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

PriceU.S. $

CatalogNumber �

Size A — 45 mm115200230460

— 1/6 1/6 1/2

— 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

120208240480

3(15-30)


****


****

AE57AN0_

Size B — 45 mm115200230460

1/4 1/2 1/2

1-1/2

—1-1/21-1/23

120208240480

7(35-70)


****


****

AE57BN0_

Size C — 45 mm115200230460

1/21-1/223

—337-1/2

120208240480

15(75-150)


****


****

AE57CN0_

Size D — 45 mm115200230460

1—3—

—55

10

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE57DN0_

Size E — 45 mm115200230460

2—3—

—57-1/2

15

120208240480

30(150-300)


****


****

AE57EN0_

Size F — 45 mm115200230460

2—5—

—7-1/2

1020

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE57FN0_

Size G — 65 mm115200230460

3—5—

—7-1/2

1025

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE57GN0_

Size H — 65 mm115200230460

3—7-1/2—

—101530

120208240480

50(250-500)


****


****

AE57HN0_


SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange

SuffixEnclosed/Open

OverloadRange


Omit OLR.25 – .40A.40 – .63A.63 – 1.0A

1.0 – 1.4A1.8 – 1.8A1.7 – 2.4A


2.2 – 3.1A2.8 – 4.0A3.5 – 5A4.5 – 6.5A6.5 – 8.5A7.5 – 11A

10.5 – 14A


13 – 19A18 – 24A24 – 32A18 – 25A22 – 32A29 – 42A36 – 52A


June 2005

34-154



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedWiring Diagrams Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0418]

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 34-59. Typical Wiring Diagram

01

03

02

1 96

L3

L1

L2

M OL

01

03

02

L3

L1

L2

M OL

MotorT3

T2

T1

Stop

61

1

9897

OverloadTripped

A2

3/42/3

62/7M

OL

M

Start

MotorStopped

A1M

MotorRun

96OL95

Auto

RemoteAuto

Contact

1 2/3OFF

Hand

M3/4

A1M

A2

With 3-Position Selector SwitchFVNR with Pushbutton Control

Control Power Transformer Option

02

03

01

L2

L3

L1OLF

R

Motor

T1

T3

T2

Stop

1

4

1B

2

R5

F3

Rev

A1

(If Used)

7

RLS F

6

RA2

RevFor

A1FLS R

Fwd

A2F

95OL96

1OFF

Rev5

3-Position Switch

Fwd3

1

Hand

Auto

Remote

Fwd

Rev

OFF

1B

5

3

2- and 3-Position Switch

Reversing Combination Starter Wiring

June 2005



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedWiring DiagramsVol. 2, Ref. No. [0419]

Non-combination Starters — Non-reversing


Remote Pilot Devices Connections for Non-reversing Starter

2-Wire Control

3/141

2/133/14

1

2/13

3/14

1

Not for Use with Auto Reset OL Relays

3-Wire Control

Start

When More Than One Pushbutton Station is Used, Omit Connector“A” and Connect per

Sketch Below

Stop

Start

“A”

Stop Stop

Start

Separate Control

Remove Wire “C” if Suppliedand Connect Separate Control

Lines to the Number 1 Terminalon the Remote Pilot Device

and to the Number 96 Terminalon the Overload Relay.

AC Lines

1L1

A1 A2

3L2

5L3

“C”

1

M

OL

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/13

3/14

98

Figure 1Front View of Panel

9796

Reset

95

T12

T1 T2 T3 T1 T2

T24

T36

T24

Conversion to1-Phase — Add

Dotted LineConnections.

3-PhaseMotor

1-PhaseMotor

Local Control Options (If Used)Full Voltage Non-reversing Starters

Figure A START/STOP PushbuttonsYellow

2/13 Start

Black3/14 3 4

RedStop Red

1 1 2

Figure B START/STOP Selector Switch

3 1

4 2

BlackStart

Red

3

1

Figure C 3-PositionSelector Switch

YellowHand To Coil

RemoteSwitch

BlackAuto3

4

3

4

1Red

To Coil

Figure D 2-PositonSelector Switch

YellowHand

Black

Auto

Red 1

1 3

2 4

Figure E Pilot Light(Motor RUN)

Connect to CoilTerminals “A1” & “A2”

Black/White X1

X2

Black/White

Figure F Pilot Light(Motor Stop)

Connect to NC Interlock

Black/White X1

X2Connect to OLTerminal No. 96

Black/White

Figure G OverloadTripped

Black/White

Black/White

X1

X2

198

97

96Reset95

OL

Wire “C”

June 2005

34-156



34

Freedom Full Voltage — EnclosedWiring Diagrams Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0420]

Non-combination Starters — Reversing


Remote ControlStations

SPDTSwitch

For3

1

5Rev

Rev

For31

5

Hold DownPushbutton

324

5

1

Pushbutton

For

Rev

Stop

Pushbutton with FOR and REV Buttons

Electrically Interlocked

For

23

45

1

Rev

Stop

Figure 1Front View of Panel

ACLines 3 2

1 3 5L1 L2 L3

53

54

61

62

C320KGT5AuxiliaryContact

53

54

61

62

Wire “F” – Usedwith LocalControlPushbuttons

5 4

A1

F

A2

1

A1 A2

R

OL

98

9796

“C”

Reset

952T1

4T2

6T3

T12

T24

T36

T1 T2 T3

ACMotor

Separate Control

Remove Wire “C” if Suppliedand Connect Separate Control

Lines to the Number 1 Terminalon the Remote Pilot Device andto the Number 96 Terminal on

the Overload Relay.

“C”

Reversing Starter Elementary Diagram

L1 L2 L3Lines Contactors “F” and “R” are

Mechanically Interlocked

F

R

F

R

F

R

OL

OL

OL

ACMotor

Stop Rev. For.

1 2

4

53 54

F3 62 61 95 96

F

R

A1 R A25 62 61

R A1 F A2 OL

53 54

T1

T2T3

tab 34 - iec contactors & starters (tb03400001e)

Documents